DE102017222314B4 - substrate feeder - Google Patents

Abstract

Substrate feed device (100), wherein at least one primary acceleration means (136) is arranged below a storage area (134) of the substrate feed device (100) provided for storing a stack of sheets (02) of a substrate (02), and wherein the substrate feed device (100) is at least has a primary acceleration drive (M101) that drives the at least one primary acceleration means (136) and is designed as an electric motor (M101), and wherein the substrate feed device (100) has at least one frame (162) and at least one vertical drive (M104) designed as an electric motor (M104). ) has a lifting frame (166; 173; 174) that can be moved at least in a vertical direction (V) relative to the at least one frame (162), and wherein the at least one primary acceleration means (136) is driven by the at least one lifting frame (166; 173; 174) carried and arranged to be movable together with the at least one lifting frame (166; 173; 174) with respect to the vertical direction (V), and wherein at least one height adjustment means (167; 176; 177; 178; 179) by means of which at least one upper end position of the at least vertical movement path of the at least one primary acceleration means (136) that can be effected by means of the at least one vertical drive (M104) can be set independently of the at least one vertical drive (M104) and as one of at least three different ones End positions and / or is continuously adjustable.

Description

The invention relates to a substrate feed device.

Different printing processes are used in printing presses. Non-impact printing processes (NIP = non-impact printing) are printing processes that do not require a fixed, i.e. physically unchangeable, printing form. Such printing methods can produce different print images in each printing process. Examples of non-impact printing methods are ionographic methods, magnetographic methods, thermographic methods, electrophotography, laser printing and in particular inkjet printing methods or inkjet printing methods. Such printing methods usually have at least one image-generating device, for example at least one print head. In the case of the inkjet printing method, such a print head is designed as an inkjet print head, for example, and has at least one and preferably several nozzles, by means of which at least one printing fluid, for example in the form of ink drops, can be transferred to a printing material. Alternative printing methods have solid printing forms, for example gravure printing methods, planographic printing methods, offset printing methods and relief printing methods, in particular flexographic printing methods. Depending on the run length and/or other requirements such as print quality, a non-impact printing process or a printing process with a solid printing form may be preferable.

An exact match of a printed image on the front and back of a substrate printed on both sides is called register (DIN 16500-2). In multi-color printing, one speaks of register (DIN 16500-2) when individual print images of different colors are combined to form an image that fits exactly. Appropriate measures must also be taken in connection with inkjet printing in order to maintain register and/or registration. In particular, it is important that a relative position between the print head and the printing material is known and/or kept constant. The register is also called color register. The term register mark should therefore also be understood below to mean a register mark, ie a mark for checking the register or color register.

Sheet-fed printing presses are known. However, conventional transport systems cannot always be used with particularly thick sheets.

through the DE 10 2015 111 525 A1 a sheet-fed printing machine is known which works according to the offset printing principle and has additional inkjet printing units which have print heads and dryers which are optionally arranged so as to be movable. Drives for transporting sheets are not described.

through the DE 102 27 241 A1 a drive system for a sheet-fed printing press is known, with drive control units taking over the tasks of unit control units.

through the DE 10 2011 088 776 B3 a printing machine is known which has ink jet print heads and dryers. A transport of printing material and drives provided for this purpose is only described in connection with a web-fed printing press.

EP 0 669 208 A1 discloses a sheet-fed printing machine with drive motors for cylinders and the possibility of their axial positioning.

through the EP 0 615 941 A1 a sheet-fed printing press with individually driven acceleration means is known.

through the DE 697 21 715 T2 a method and a device are known, in which items of mail, in particular postcards, are separated and guided to an inkjet print head. The mailpieces are accelerated to a first speed by a primary acceleration means and accelerated to a second speed by a secondary acceleration means. Both acceleration means are driven by a common drive. A motor controller controls this drive as well as a drive that transports the mailpieces past the printhead module. The mailpieces are decelerated as needed by the secondary accelerator to increase a gap from the previous mailpiece. In order to decelerate this secondary acceleration device, the first acceleration device is also forced to be decelerated because of the common drive.

through the U.S. 2001/0022422 A1 and the US 2013/0216291 A1 a method and a copying apparatus are known in each case, wherein sheets of paper are removed from a stack from above, separated and guided to a printing point.

through the U.S. 2002/0180138 A1 a method and a device are known, whereby checks are separated and marked. A primary accelerator is operated more slowly than a secondary accelerator. The checks are decelerated or accelerated as needed by the secondary accelerating means to accommodate a gap from the previous check. At the same time, the primary acceleration decelerated or accelerated in the same ratio.

through the U.S. 5,074,539 A a substrate feed device with an acceleration means for separating sheets from an underside of a sheet stack is known.

through the U.S. 4,557,472 A1 a substrate feed device is known in which two strips are pivoted against a bottom sheet as the primary means of acceleration and at the same time lift it on the one hand and press it against stops and thus deform it and on the other hand move it forward until it is gripped by a roller gap and transported further.

The object of the invention is to provide a substrate feed device.

The object is achieved according to the invention by the features of claim 1.

A processing machine or sheet-fed processing machine is preferably designed as a printing press or sheet-fed printing press. The processing machine is preferably designed as a processing machine for processing corrugated cardboard, in particular corrugated cardboard sheets, ie preferably as a corrugated cardboard processing machine and/or corrugated cardboard sheet processing machine. More preferably, the sheet processing machine is designed as a sheet-fed printing machine for coating and in particular for printing corrugated cardboard sheets, ie as a corrugated cardboard sheet printing machine. The processing machine is alternatively or additionally designed as a punching machine and/or sheet-fed punching machine and/or sheet-fed rotary punching machine. The processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, preferably has at least one and more preferably at least two units designed as modules. The at least one module and more preferably the at least two modules preferably each have at least one drive of their own. At least one of the at least two modules is preferably designed as a processing module, in particular as a coating module.

In an alternative or additional development, the printing press or sheet-fed printing press is preferably additionally characterized in that the at least one coating module is designed as a printing module and/or as a non-impact coating module. Insofar as features are described above and below based on an embodiment as a sheet processing machine, these also apply to a general processing machine, in particular also to a processing machine that is designed to process at least web-shaped substrate, i.e. a web processing machine, at least insofar as there are no contradictions . In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that at least one further of the at least two modules is arranged as at least one coating module, which is designed as a priming module and/or as a coating module. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that at least one other of the at least two has at least one drying device or drying device and/or is designed as at least one drying module. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that this drying device or drying device or the at least one drying module has at least one energy output device designed as a hot air source.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that the processing machine, preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, has a transport path provided for transporting substrate, in particular printing material and/or sheets, and more preferably that at least the The section of this transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and/or sheets, which is defined by the impact coating module, is at least essentially flat and/or runs essentially horizontally. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that, with regard to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and/or sheets, after at least one coating device and/or after at least one drying device or drying device, there is at least one Inspection device is arranged.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that at least one of the at least two modules is designed as a flexographic coating module. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that at least a diagonal register adjustment device is arranged as part of the respective flexo coating module. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that the at least one flexographic coating module is designed as a priming module and/or as a printing module and/or as a coating module.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that, in addition to the non-impact coating module, at least one coating module designed as a priming module is arranged, which has its own drying device or drying device and at least one coating module designed as a varnishing module is arranged , which has its own drying facility or drying device. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that a transport means provided for transporting sheets through an area of action of the drying device or drying device of the priming module can be driven by means of a drive of the priming module and/or that a Transport of sheets through an area of action of the drying device or drying device of the coating module provided transport means can be driven by a drive of the coating module. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that an area of action of the drying system or drying device of the at least one other of the at least two modules with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and/or sheets an application point of this at least one further of the at least two modules is arranged.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that the at least one non-impact coating module is arranged one behind the other along a transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and/or sheets, with respect to at least one coupling device has identically constructed receiving devices, which are each designed to selectively receive a standard assembly configured as at least one print head assembly or as at least one dryer assembly.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that the non-impact coating module has its own, in particular integrated, drying device or drying device. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and/or sheets, at least one first application point provided for colored coating medium of at least one non-impact coating module and thereafter an area of action of at least one drying device assigned to the first application point and then at least one additional application point provided for colored coating agent of at least one non-impact coating module and then an area of action of at least one additional drying device assigned to the additional application point. This enables intermediate drying. This makes it possible, for example, to prevent water-based coating agent from acting on the substrate for too long before coating agent is applied again at another application point. In this way, undesired deformations of the substrate can be reduced or prevented. Such deformations can cause expansion in the plane of the substrate, for example. Such deformations can also cause the substrate to bend and/or become wavy, for example due to non-uniform expansion of the substrate. Thus, for example, a higher print quality is brought about, in particular with regard to the register. Alternatively or additionally, this allows print heads belonging to the further application point not to be damaged by a deformed substrate. Damage and repair-related costs can thus be reduced or avoided.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that at least one print head is and/or can be connected to at least one positioning device and more preferably that the at least one positioning device has at least one positioning drive. Then, corresponding subsequent print heads can be shut off, for example, from the transport path of the substrate, if a dangerous deformation of the substrate should occur. This can be done automatically and, in particular, sufficiently quickly by the positioning drive. As an alternative or in addition, these corresponding subsequent print heads can be Simply clean the contact with a cleaning device when these printheads are moved out of their printing position. As a result, costs can be reduced, in particular those for repairs and/or cleaning processes.

A module is preferably understood to mean a respective unit or a structure made up of several units, which has at least one controllable and/or regulatable drive of its own and/or at least one transfer device for sheets and/or at least one without deviation or with a deviation of at most 5 cm at a first standard height that is the same for several modules, beginning and/or ending in a section of a transport path provided for transporting substrate, in particular printing material and/or sheets, and/or as an independently functioning module and/or each manufactured separately and/or each for mounted machine unit or functional assembly is formed.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that it has at least two units designed as modules and that the at least two modules each have at least one drive of their own and that at least one of the at least two modules is designed as a non-impact Coating module is designed and that at least one of the at least two modules is designed as a drying module. Like other sheet processing machines with a modular design, this has the particular advantage that units of the sheet processing machine designed as modules allow a cost-effective and particularly variable structure and subsequent expandability of processing machines.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that it has a transport path provided for transporting substrate, in particular printing material and/or sheets, and that for a plurality, more preferably at least three and even more preferably For all of the modules of the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, it applies that a section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and/or sheets, which is defined by the respective module, has a minimum radius of curvature that is at least 2 meters and/or in the entire Area of each module has a direction that deviates at most 30 ° from at least one horizontal direction. As a result, it is also possible in particular to process sheets with a particularly large thickness that are only slightly bendable. For example, it can be used to process sheets of corrugated cardboard with thicknesses of, for example, 10 mm or more. Furthermore, it is ensured that modules can be easily connected to one another, in particular again without deforming the sheets significantly or at all.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that the at least two modules each have at least one drive of their own, which is used to transport the substrate to be processed, in particular printing material and/or sheets, through it respective module and/or through at least one area of action of this respective module and/or which serves to directly or indirectly drive at least one component of the respective module intended for contact with the substrate to be processed, in particular printing material and/or sheets, and/or that each of its own drives is designed as a position-controlled electric motor. A position-controlled electric motor is also to be understood in particular as a servomotor and/or is also to be understood in particular as an electric motor that can be controlled with respect to the angular position of its rotor, even if it is not operated in this way or is not operated continuously in this way. This increases the flexibility when putting together individual modules and the drive power can be optimized independently of the overall size of the processing machine. The transport brought about by the respective drive does not necessarily have to take place through the entire respective module. For example, for transport through the respective module, several drives can act on the substrate one after the other, in particular at times alone and/or at times together.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that it has at least three modules and that at least one of the at least three modules can be used as a sheet feeder module and/or as a preparation module and/or as an infeed module and/or as a priming module and /or as a transport module and/or as a painting module and/or as an aftertreatment module and/or as a shaping module and/or as a punching module and/or as a delivery module and that for a majority, more preferably at least three and even more preferably all of the modules, the preferred processing machine designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, the respective module has at least one drive of its own.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that each module of the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, has at least one drive of its own and/or and that with the exception of a feeder module that may be arranged and/or with the exception of one optionally arranged delivery module for all modules of the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, it applies that a respective section of the transport path provided for the transport of the substrate to be processed, in particular printing material and/or sheets, which is defined by the respective module, has a minimum radius of curvature that is at least 2 meters and/or has a direction in the entire area of the respective module that deviates by at most 30° from at least one horizontal direction.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that drive controls and/or drive regulators or drive controls of the individual modules can be operated individually and independently of one another and/or that the individual modules of the processing machine are coordinated with one another in terms of their drives are operable and/or operated and/or that the individual modules of the processing machine can be operated and/or operated in a manner coordinated with one another at least with regard to their drives by means of at least one electronic master axis. As a result, despite the modular design, high machining precision can be achieved. The terms drive controller and drive control should apply synonymously in the preceding and in the following.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that the sheet processing machine has at least one unit that has at least one suction transport means designed as a suction belt for transporting sheets in one transport direction, and that this at least one suction belt has at least three has conveyor belts arranged next to one another at a distance from one another in a transverse direction and that at least one displacement means is arranged, by means of which at least one of the at least three conveyor belts can be laterally displaced in an adjustable manner in and/or counter to the transverse direction. More preferably, the at least one unit for aligning sheets with respect to the transverse direction has at least one side stop that is stationary in particular during operation of the sheet processing machine and/or at least one side guide that is stationary in particular during operation of the sheet processing machine, even more preferably at least two such side stops and/or or at least two such side marks.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that it has at least three modules and at least two modules each have at least one transfer device, which is used to transport sheets between this respective module on the one hand and at least one on the other hand, to support or carry out another module and/or that a section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and/or sheets, which is defined by the respective module, begins at a respective input level of the respective module and/or at a respective output level of the respective Module ends and for several modules of the processing machine, the respective entry height of the respective module deviates from the same first standard height by a maximum of 5 cm and/or the respective exit height of the respective module deviates from the same first standard height by a maximum of 5 cm and/or the the respective entrance height of the respective module deviates from the respective exit height of the respective module by a maximum of 5 cm. In particular, this ensures that modules can be easily connected to one another, again in particular without deforming the sheets significantly or at all.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that at least the non-impact coating module and the drying module each have at least one suction transport means and/or that the non-impact coating module is designed as an inkjet coating module. This enables particularly precise printing, especially for flexible print images.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that the non-impact coating module has at least one, and preferably precisely one, transport means designed as a suction belt.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that the conveyor belt of the at least one suction belt of the coating device, in particular non-impact coating device, has a width measured in the transverse direction of at least 30 cm, preferably at least 50 cm, more preferably at least 100 cm and even more preferably at least 150 cm.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that the at least one coating module, in particular non-impact coating module, has at least one standing area for at least one operator, who is at least at times vertically above the suction belt, in particular above the conveyor belt of the Suction belt arranged and / or can be arranged.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that at least one tensioning device is arranged for setting and/or maintaining a particular mechanical tension of the conveyor belt of the suction belt, and is arranged in particular in contact with the conveyor belt. The at least one clamping device can preferably be displaced in and/or counter to at least one clamping direction and/or all components of the at least one clamping device that are in contact with the at least one conveyor belt are arranged so that they can be moved linearly together.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that at least one post-drying device is provided, which has at least one air outlet opening, which is at least partially aligned with the at least one and preferably precisely one transport means of the non-impact coating module designed as a suction belt and more preferably that at least one air supply line of this at least one post-drying device for energy transfer and/or for gas transfer by means of at least one gas line and/or at least one heat exchanger is connected to at least one air discharge line of at least one drying device or drying device arranged upstream with respect to the transport direction of the suction belt.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that the drying device or drying device has at least one energy output device designed as an infrared radiation source and/or that the drying device or drying device has at least one energy output device designed as a UV radiation source and/or that the drying device or drying device has at least one energy output device designed as an electron beam source.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that at least one of the at least two modules is designed as a substrate feed device and that at least one, in particular at least one other, of the at least two modules is used as a processing module, in particular a printing module and/or shaping module and/or punching module and that the substrate feed device preferably has at least one primary acceleration means with a primary drive or primary acceleration drive of the substrate feed device and at least one arranged downstream of the at least one primary acceleration means along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and/or sheets secondary acceleration means with secondary drive or secondary acceleration drive of the substrate feed device. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means is arranged below a storage area provided for storing a stack of sheets and that the at least one processing module, in particular a printing module and/or shaping module and/or the punching module is assigned a drive that is different from the primary drive of the substrate feed device and the secondary drive of the substrate feed device for transporting sheets. This has the advantage, in particular, that the sheets can be accelerated particularly effectively, independently of processing operations, for example printing operations and/or punching operations.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, has at least three units designed as modules and that the at least three modules each have at least one drive of their own and/or that the preferred processing machine designed as a sheet-fed printing machine several aggregates designed as printing modules has, each having at least one own drive.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration device is designed as at least one acceleration device that acts in particular exclusively on a respective bottom sheet of a stack and/or a respective underside of the sheets and/or or that the at least one printing module is designed as a printing module that applies coating material from above and/or the at least one printing module is designed as a non-impact coating unit and/or as an inkjet printing unit. If several printing modules are arranged, this preferably applies to several and more preferably all of the printing modules. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that the drying device or drying device is designed as a drying device or drying device that acts and/or is capable of acting from above.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that sheets can be and/or are accelerated to a first speed by means of the at least one primary acceleration means and that sheets are accelerated, in particular from the first speed, by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means Speed can be accelerated and/or accelerated to a second speed that is greater than the first speed and/or that the second speed is a printing speed provided for transporting the sheets through the at least one printing unit. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration device is designed as at least one acceleration device that acts in particular exclusively on a respective underside of the sheet.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that it has at least two units designed as modules and that preferably the at least two modules each have at least one drive of their own and that preferably at least one of the at least two modules is a is a sheet feeder module configured as a substrate feed device and that the substrate feed device preferably has at least one primary acceleration means with the primary drive of the substrate feed device and at least one secondary acceleration means arranged downstream of the at least one primary acceleration means in the transport direction along a transport path provided for transporting substrate, in particular printing material and/or sheets secondary drive of the substrate feed device and that at least one further drive, different from the primary drive of the substrate feed device and the secondary drive of the substrate feed device, is preferably assigned to at least one further module for transporting sheets. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that the primary drive and the secondary drive and the at least one further drive are each designed as a position-controlled electric motor and that drive control of the primary drive is dependent on drive control of the secondary drive is different and that more preferably a drive control of the at least one further drive is different from the drive control of the primary drive and from the drive control of the secondary drive and that preferably the drive control of the primary drive and the drive control of the secondary drive and more preferably also the drive control of the at least one further drive is connected in terms of circuitry to a machine controller of the sheet processing machine. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that at least one sheet sensor of the substrate feed device for detecting a respective front edge and/or a respective rear edge of respective sheets is arranged aligned with the intended transport path. A detection range of this at least one sheet sensor and the transport path provided for the transport of sheets preferably overlap. A front edge is to be understood in particular as an edge leading during the transport of the respective sheet. A rear edge is to be understood in particular as an edge trailing during the transport of the respective sheet.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that a drive control of the primary drive differs from a drive control of the secondary drive and that a drive control of the drive of the processing module, in particular the printing module and/or shaping module and/or punching module is different from the drive control of the primary drive and from the drive control of the secondary drive and/or that a drive control of the primary drive and a different drive control of the secondary drive and a different drive control of the drive of the printing module and/or shaping module and/or the punching module are directly or indirectly connected in terms of circuitry to a machine controller of the sheet-fed processing machine, which is designed in particular as a sheet-fed printing press. This means that preferably the drive control of the primary drive and the drive control of the secondary drive and a drive control of the drive of the processing module are different in pairs and are preferably each connected to a machine control of the sheet processing machine in terms of circuitry. This circuitry connection is to be understood in particular as cases in which the machine controller is directly connected to the respective drive controller, as well as those cases in which, for example, one or more controllers and/or controls and/or other instances are arranged in an interposed manner.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that several subsets of primary acceleration means are arranged as the at least one primary acceleration means, which can be operated at least temporarily with sheet speeds that differ from subset to subset and/or which respectively have at least one respective primary drive assigned only to this respective subset of acceleration means and/or the at least one primary acceleration means as at least one transport roller and/or as at least one conveyor belt and/or as at least one suction transport means and/or as at least one suction belt and/or as at least one suction box belt and/or as at least one roller suction system and/or as at least one suction gripper and/or as at least one suction roller. In this case, each subset can have a primary acceleration means or a plurality of primary acceleration means.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration means acts as at least one outgoing transport means of the substrate feed device and/or as at least one transport roller and/or as at least one pair of transport rollers forming a transport gap and/or as at least one conveyor belt and/or as at least one pair of conveyor belts forming a transport gap and/or as at least one suction transport means and/or as at least one suction belt and/or as at least one suction box belt and/or as at least one roller suction system and/or is designed as at least one suction pad and/or as at least one suction roller.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration device is also designed as a sheet alignment device for alignment with respect to the transverse direction and/or a pivoted position and/or that the at least one secondary acceleration device is also designed is designed as sheet alignment means for an alignment with respect to the transverse direction and/or a pivoted position.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that it has at least one suction transport means designed as a suction belt and that this at least one suction transport means has at least one, in particular flexible, transport belt, which has at least one transport section of its circulation path parallel to a transport direction along a partial area of a transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and/or sheets, in particular over a transport length. The at least one conveyor belt preferably has a large number of suction openings. Preferably, at least two, more preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least ten vacuum chambers, which are and/or can be separated from one another in particular with regard to the transport direction, are preferably arranged one behind the other along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and/or sheets are each having at least one suction opening. The at least one conveyor belt preferably at least partially covers at least one suction opening of several and/or all of these vacuum chambers arranged one behind the other in its transport section of its circulation path. As a result, sheets that are relatively thick or relatively difficult to bend for other reasons can also be transported very accurately and flatly, especially corrugated cardboard sheets, even if these sheets are tense and/or curved and/or in a flat position counteract this and/or tend to lift off a conveyor belt, for example in edge areas or central areas. This is esp This is even possible when working with small sheets 02 and/or large distances between sheets 02 and/or a first sheet 02 and/or a last sheet 02.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that it has at least one conveyor belt, which preferably has at least one transport section of its circulation path parallel to a transport direction along a partial area of a substrate, in particular printing material, for transporting and/or arc provided transport path extends. At least one coating point of at least one coating unit of the processing machine, preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably arranged along the transport section of the at least one conveyor belt, more preferably several coating points. At least one belt alignment means of the at least one conveyor belt is preferably arranged in contact with the at least one conveyor belt. A position of the at least one conveyor belt with respect to a horizontal transverse direction oriented orthogonally to the transport direction can preferably be influenced by adjusting a position of the at least one belt alignment means relative to at least one in particular stationary frame of the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that the at least one belt alignment means has at least one alignment drive designed, for example, as an electric motor and/or as a pneumatic cylinder and/or as a hydraulic cylinder and/or as a linear drive and/or that the at least one belt alignment means is designed such that it can be controlled and/or regulated by means of a computing device.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that the at least one belt alignment means is designed as at least one belt alignment roller, the orientation of which can be changed and/or that the at least one belt alignment means has at least one radial bearing, whose axis of rotation can be displaced, at least with respect to a compensation direction, at least relative to at least one, in particular stationary, frame of the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, and/or that the at least one belt alignment means has at least two radial bearings arranged spaced apart in the transverse direction, the axes of rotation of which are at least relative to one another and at least with regard to one compensation direction /or are arranged to be displaceable independently of one another and/or relative to at least one, in particular stationary, frame of the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press. The at least one radial bearing is preferably linearly displaceable at least in and/or counter to the compensation direction and/or the at least two radial bearings are linearly displaceable at least in and/or counter to the compensation direction.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that the processing machine, preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, has at least one coating unit designed as a non-impact coating unit, and that the processing machine, preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, has at least one conveyor belt that is connected to at least one transport section of its circulation path extends parallel to a transport direction along a partial area of a transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and/or sheets. At least one coating point of at least one coating unit of the processing machine, preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably arranged along the transport section of the at least one conveyor belt, more preferably several coating points. The at least one coating unit preferably has at least one print head, and the at least one print head is more preferably arranged connected to at least a first frame of the at least one coating unit. The at least one conveyor belt is preferably connected to at least one second frame via at least one deflection means and at least one radial bearing. More preferably, the at least one first frame, apart from at least one installation surface arranged in particular below the at least one coating unit and/or below the processing machine preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is arranged connected to the second frame at most via mechanically flexible connections. Such particularly mechanically flexible connections are, for example, supply lines for electricity and/or data and/or gas and/or gas mixtures and/or liquids. In this way, the at least one print head can be particularly effectively decoupled from any vibrations that could be caused by the at least one conveyor belt and/or its deflection means and/or its drive.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, is preferably characterized in that at least one overhang sensor for detecting at least one spatial extension of sheets is arranged along a transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and/or sheets and/or or that at least one compression device is arranged, which has at least one first compression body and at least one second compression body and at least one force element and/or that the at least one first compression body moves from a transition position towards the at least one second compression body into a compression position by means of the at least one force element is movably arranged and/or that when the first compression element is arranged in the passage position, the at least one force element is prestressed and/or that the at least one compression device has at least one restraining device which can be switched at least between a restraining state and a release state and which, in the restraining state, initiates a movement the at least one first compression body is arranged to prevent it from moving out of its passage position into its compression position.

Preference is given to a method for operating a processing machine designed in particular as a sheet-fed printing press, with at least one sheet preferably being transported by means of a suction transport means designed as a suction belt, which has at least one, in particular flexible, transport belt which, with at least one transport section of its circulation path, extends parallel to a transport direction along a partial area of a along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and/or sheets, in particular over a transport length and preferably along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and/or sheets, at least two, more preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least ten vacuum chambers which are separate and/or separable from one another, in particular with respect to the transport direction, are arranged one behind the other and each have at least one suction opening. In this case, the at least one conveyor belt in its transport section of its circulation path preferably at least partially covers at least one suction opening of several and/or all of these vacuum chambers arranged one behind the other. A respective vacuum of the at least two vacuum chambers arranged one behind the other is preferably influenced individually and in a time-varying manner as a function of at least data that characterizes a position of the at least one sheet along the transport section of the circulating path of the at least one conveyor belt. As a result, suction power and thus also energy can be saved, in particular because at least temporarily there is no attempt to apply negative pressure to negative pressure chambers that are not sufficiently sealed anyway.

A method for operating a processing machine designed in particular as a sheet-fed printing press is preferred. The method is preferably characterized in that sheets originating from a stack are separated. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are each accelerated to a first speed by means of at least one primary acceleration means of a substrate feed device driven by a primary drive, with the at least one primary drive more preferably being designed as a position-controlled electric motor . In particular, the at least one primary acceleration means is preferably positively accelerated itself in order to positively accelerate the respective sheet, in particular while there is contact between the respective sheet on the one hand and the primary acceleration means on the other hand. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are each then accelerated to a second speed by means of at least one secondary acceleration means of the substrate feed device driven by a secondary drive, with the at least one secondary drive more preferably being designed as a position-controlled electric motor and/or the second speed is greater than the first speed. In particular, the at least one secondary acceleration means is preferably positively accelerated itself in order to positively accelerate the respective sheet, in particular while there is contact between the respective sheet on the one hand and the primary acceleration means on the other hand.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that sheets originating from a stack are separated, in particular from below, and accelerated individually in a transport direction, in particular to a transfer speed and/or a catch-up speed, by means of at least one primary acceleration means of a substrate feed device. Preferably, the at least partially separated sheets are each transported in particular by the at least one first acceleration means to at least one, in particular with respect to the transport direction behind the pass at least one front stop arranged secondary acceleration means. The sheets are preferably transported in particular along a transport path provided for transporting the sheets from the substrate feed device to at least one further module of the sheet processing machine and then more preferably transported individually through the respective further module by means of at least one drive of the at least one further module at a processing speed and processed in this respective further module. A front stack boundary plane preferably has a surface normal that is oriented horizontally and/or parallel to the transport direction. The front stack border plane is preferably defined by a plurality of front edges of the not yet separated sheets of the particular remaining stack, which are oriented in the transport direction and/or are arranged facing the second acceleration means. A leading edge is to be understood in particular as an edge that is in front during transport and/or a front boundary, even if this can at least partially be formed as a surface. A transport speed of the sheets that is greater than the processing speed is preferably referred to as the catch-up speed. More preferably, each sheet transport speed that is greater than the processing speed is referred to as the catch-up speed. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are each arranged to intersect the front stack boundary plane at least at one point in time during their respective transport and are simultaneously transported at a catch-up speed. In particular along the transport route provided for transporting sheets.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are each then accelerated by means of this at least one secondary acceleration means to a third speed, which is greater than the second speed, and that the sheets are then each then, in particular, by means of this at least be decelerated again to the second speed by a secondary acceleration means.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are transported along the transport path from the substrate feed device to at least one further module of the sheet processing machine, in particular at least one processing module, in particular a printing module and/or shaping module and/or punching module, and whereby the sheets are each then fed by means of at least one drive of the at least one additional module, in particular the at least one processing module and/or printing module and/or shaping module and/or punching module, at a processing speed, in particular printing speed and/or shaping speed and/or punching speed, by the respective additional module module, in particular processing module and/or printing module and/or shaping module and/or punching module, and processed, in particular printed and/or formed and/or in this respective further module, in particular processing module and/or printing module and/or shaping module and/or punching module be punched. The first speed is preferably lower than the processing speed, in particular the printing speed and/or the shaping speed and/or the punching speed. The processing speed, in particular the printing speed and/or shaping speed and/or punching speed is preferably equal to the second speed. The first speed and the second speed and, if applicable, the third speed and the processing speed and the printing speed and/or shaping speed and/or punching speed always relate to the transport speed of the substrate, in particular the sheet, and/or to the surface speed or peripheral speed of the respective component or accelerator.

One advantage is that sheets can thus be accelerated in an optimized manner. In particular, excessive acceleration forces and thus damage to the sheets can be avoided as a result. In addition, it can be avoided that an acceleration means has to be accelerated from a standstill to the processing speed. As a result, particularly high forces can also be avoided in the case of the acceleration means. By using position-controlled electric drives, the conditions can be optimally adapted to a wide variety of sheet lengths and/or sheet thicknesses and/or sheet masses.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the printing speed is equal to the second speed and/or that the second speed is greater than the first speed and/or the first speed by at least 10%, more preferably by at least 20% and even more preferably at least 30% lower than the processing speed, in particular printing speed and/or that the first speed is at least 20% further ahead preferably at least 30% and even more preferably at least 40% of the second speed and/or that the first speed is at most 80% and more preferably at most 70% and even more preferably at most 60% of the second speed and/or that the third speed is around at least 10% and more preferably at least 20% and even more preferably at least 30% and even more preferably at least 50% greater than the second speed.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets in the at least one printing module are printed from above and/or are printed using at least one non-impact printing method and/or using an inkjet printing method. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets in the at least one printing module are printed from below and/or are printed using at least one flexographic printing method and/or using a rotary printing method. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are punched in the at least one punching module by means of a punching cylinder acting on the sheets from above. For example, the at least one printing module is designed as a printing module that applies coating medium from above and/or the at least one printing module is designed as a non-impact coating module and/or as an inkjet printing module and/or the at least one printing module is and/or is designed as a printing module that applies coating medium from below the at least one printing module is designed as a flexo coating module. For example, the at least one processing module is designed as a shaping module and/or a punching module having a punching cylinder that acts on the sheets from above.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that at least one sheet sensor detects a trailing edge of a preceding sheet and generates a trailing edge signal and that at least one sheet sensor detects a leading edge of a trailing sheet and generates a leading edge signal and that the acceleration and/or the braking of the particular trailing sheet in particular is controlled and/or regulated by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means and/or by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means, taking into account the rear edge signal and the front edge signal.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary drive and the at least one secondary drive are operated in a coordinated manner, in particular taking into account the trailing edge signal and/or the leading edge signal, such that a gap between a preceding sheet and a trailing arc is reduced and/or adjusted to a value within a predetermined tolerance range around a target value.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that a primary acceleration profile is stored for the at least one primary acceleration device and/or its primary drive and/or that a secondary acceleration profile is stored for the at least one secondary acceleration device and/or its secondary Drive is stored and / or that depending on signals from the at least one sheet sensor, the primary acceleration profile and / or preferably the secondary acceleration profile is modified.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are in contact with both the primary acceleration means and the secondary acceleration means at least at one point in time, and more preferably the primary acceleration means and the secondary acceleration means at least at this point in time have the same speed, in particular the first speed.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that braking of the at least one primary acceleration means does not cause any braking of the respective sheet that was directly previously accelerated with this primary acceleration means and/or that braking of the at least one secondary acceleration means does not cause any braking in each case of the respective sheet accelerated directly beforehand with this secondary acceleration means. This is due, for example, to the fact that the respective acceleration means only brakes when the sheet has already come out of contact with it.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets in the at least one printing module are printed from above and/or that the sheets in the at least one printing module are printed from above using a non-impact printing method and/or using an inkjet printing method be printed.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means is brought into contact with the sheets on a respective underside of the sheets, in particular exclusively on the respective underside. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration device has at least one transport gap in which the sheets are at least partially arranged, while the at least one secondary acceleration device accelerates them to the second speed. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration means is brought into contact with the sheets on a respective underside of the sheets, in particular exclusively on the respective underside.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that during the acceleration by means of the at least one primary acceleration means, a displacement of the respective sheet with respect to a transverse direction and/or a pivoting movement of the respective sheet about a pivot axis running orthogonally to the transverse direction and/or or a phase position of the respective sheet relative to at least one subsequent component, which transports the sheet, of the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, takes place and/or during the acceleration by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means, a displacement of the respective sheet with respect to the transverse direction and/or a pivoting movement of the respective sheet about a pivot axis running orthogonally to the transverse direction and/or an adjustment of a phase position of the respective sheet to at least one subsequent component of the processing machine, preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press, that transports the sheet.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the substrate feed device is designed as a module of the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press.

Exemplary embodiments of the invention are shown in the drawings and are described in more detail below.

• 1 eine schematische Darstellung eines Bogenanlegeraggregats;
• 2a ein erster Abschnitt einer schematische Darstellung einer beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschinen mehreren als Flexobeschichtungsmodule ausgebildeten Modulen und alternativem Bogenanlegeraggregat;
• 2b ein zweiter Abschnitt der schematische Darstellung der beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschinen gemäß 2a;
• 2c ein dritter Abschnitt der schematische Darstellung der beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschinen gemäß 2a;
• 3 eine schematische Darstellung eines Konditionierungsaggregats;
• 4 eine schematische Darstellung eines Anlageaggregats;
• 5a eine schematische Darstellung eines als Flexobeschichtungsaggregat ausgebildeten, von oben beschichtenden Beschichtungsaggregats mit einlaufendem Transportmittel und auslaufendem Transportmittel;
• 5b eine schematische Darstellung eines als Flexobeschichtungsaggregat ausgebildeten, von oben beschichtenden Beschichtungsaggregats;
• 5c eine schematische Darstellung eines als Flexobeschichtungsaggregat ausgebildeten, von unten beschichtenden Beschichtungsaggregats mit einlaufendem Transportmittel und auslaufendem Transportmittel;
• 5d eine schematische Darstellung eines als Flexobeschichtungsaggregat ausgebildeten, von unten beschichtenden Beschichtungsaggregats;
• 6 eine schematische Darstellung eines als Non Impact Beschichtungsaggregat ausgebildeten, von oben beschichtenden Beschichtungsaggregats;
• 7 eine schematische Darstellung eines Trocknungsaggregats;
• 8a eine schematische Darstellung eines als Saugband ausgebildeten Saugtransportmittels;
• 8b eine schematische Darstellung eines als Rollensaugsystem ausgebildeten Saugtransportmittels;
• 8c eine schematische Darstellung eines Längsschnitts eines als Saugkastenband ausgebildeten Saugtransportmittels;
• 8d eine schematische Darstellung eines Querschnitts eines als Saugkastenband ausgebildeten Saugtransportmittels;
• 9 eine schematische Darstellung eines Transportaggregats
• 10 eine schematische Darstellung eines Formgebungsaggregats;
• 11 eine schematische Darstellung eines Auslageaggregats;
• 12a eine schematische Darstellung einer beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschinen mit vier Druckstellen;
• 12b eine schematische Darstellung einer beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschinen mit vier Druckstellen, Grundierungsmodul und Lackierungsmodul;
• 12c eine schematische Darstellung einer beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschinen mit acht Druckstellen, Grundierungsmodul und Lackierungsmodul;
• 13 eine schematische Darstellung von primären und sekundären Beschleunigungsmitteln mit eigenen Antrieben;
• 14a eine schematische Darstellung von primären und sekundären Beschleunigungsmitteln, wobei mehrere primäre Antriebe angeordnet sind;
• 14b eine schematische Darstellung von primären und sekundären Beschleunigungsmitteln, wobei mehrere unterschiedliche Abstandshalter angeordnet sind;
• 15 eine schematische Darstellung von primären und sekundären Beschleunigungsmitteln, wobei eine Zusatzeinrichtung zum Detektieren von fehlerhaft transportierten und/oder fehlerhaft beschaffenen Bogen zum Aussortieren von Bogen und/oder zum Festhalten und/oder zum Zurückdrängen von Bogen angeordnet ist;
• 16a eine schematische Darstellung von primären und sekundären Beschleunigungsmitteln, wobei als sekundäres Beschleunigungsmittel ein einen Transportspalt bildendes Paar von Transportbändern angeordnet ist;
• 16b eine schematische Darstellung von primären und sekundären Beschleunigungsmitteln, wobei als primäre Beschleunigungsmittel zumindest ein Transportband und/oder zumindest ein als Saugband ausgebildetes Transportmittel angeordnet ist;
• 16c eine schematische Darstellung von primären und sekundären Beschleunigungsmitteln, die jeweils als zumindest ein Transportband und/oder zumindest ein als Saugband ausgebildetes Transportmittel ausgebildet sind;
• 17a eine schematische Darstellung eines als Modul ausgebildeten Non Impact Beschichtungsaggregats mit vier von Druckkopfbaugruppen belegten Aufnahmeeinrichtungen;
• 17b eine schematische Darstellung eines als Modul ausgebildeten Non Impact Beschichtungsaggregats vier Aufnahmeeinrichtungen, von denen zwei von Druckkopfbaugruppen belegt sind und eine von einer Trocknerbaugruppe belegt ist und eine unbelegt ist;
• 17c eine schematische Darstellung eines als Modul ausgebildeten Non Impact Beschichtungsaggregats vier Aufnahmeeinrichtungen, von denen zwei von Druckkopfbaugruppen belegt sind und zwei von einer Trocknerbaugruppe belegt sind;
• 17d eine schematische Darstellung eines als Modul ausgebildeten Non Impact Beschichtungsaggregats vier Aufnahmeeinrichtungen, von denen zwei von Druckkopfbaugruppen belegt sind und zwei unbelegt sind;
• 18a eine schematische Darstellung einer beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschine mit einem Druckmodul mit Trocknerbaugruppe zwischen Druckkopfbaugruppen;
• 18b eine schematische Darstellung einer beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschine mit zwei Druckmodulen, wobei im ersten Druckmodul Druckkopfbaugruppen und eine Trocknerbaugruppe angeordnet sind und im zweiten Druckmodul nur Druckkopfbaugruppen angeordnet sind;
• 18c eine schematische Darstellung einer beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschine mit einem Druckmodul, das eine Trocknerbaugruppe zwischen Druckkopfbaugruppen und eine Trocknungsvorrichtung vor jeder Auftragstelle des Druckmoduls und ein durchgehendes Transportmittel des Druckmoduls aufweist;
• 18d eine schematische Darstellung einer beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschine mit einem Transportmittel aufweist, auf das Druckköpre und Trocknungsvorrichtungen ausgerichtet angeordnet sind;
• 19a eine schematische Darstellung eines als Saugband ausgebildeten Saugtransortmittels mit einer Unterdruckkammer in Transportrichtung;
• 19b eine schematische Darstellung eines als Saugband ausgebildeten Saugtransortmittels mit mehreren in Transportrichtung hintereinander angeordneten Unterdruckkammern und mehreren Unterdruckquellen;
• 19c eine schematische Darstellung eines als Saugband ausgebildeten Saugtransortmittels mit mehreren in Transportrichtung hintereinander angeordneten Unterdruckkammern, mehreren Unterdruckquellen und Ventilen;
• 20 eine schematische Darstellung eines Transportbands mit Bandausrichtmittel und Spannmittel;
• 21a eine schematische Darstellung eines Transportmittels mit Transportband und Komprimierungseinrichtung, wobei ein Komprimierungskörper in einer Durchgangslage angeordnet ist;
• 21b eine schematische Darstellung gemäß 21a, wobei ein Komprimierungskörper in einer Komprimierungslage angeordnet ist;
• 22a eine schematische Darstellung eines ersten und eines zweiten Gestells eines Beschichtungsaggregats in perspektivischer Ansicht, wobei Druckköpfe der Übersichtlichkeit halber nicht dargestellt sind;
• 22b eine schematische Darstellung eines ersten und eines zweiten Gestells eines Beschichtungsaggregats mit Druckköpfen und Positioniervorrichtung in Transportrichtung gesehen;
• 22c eine schematische Darstellung eines ersten und eines zweiten Gestells eines Beschichtungsaggregats mit Druckköpfen und Positioniervorrichtung in Querrichtung gesehen;
• 23 eine schematische Darstellung eines Bogenanlegeraggregats in Querrichtung;
• 24 eine schematische perspektivische Darstellung eines Bogenanlegeraggregat gemäß 23;
• 25a eine schematische perspektivische Darstellung eines Bogenanlegeraggregat gemäß 23 von oben;
• 25b eine schematische perspektivische Darstellung eines Bogenanlegeraggregat gemäß 25a von oben mit bezüglich der Querrichtung verlagerten Transportbändern;
• 26a eine schematische Darstellung eines ersten beispielhaften Verlaufs einer Geschwindigkeit, mit der ein Bogen transportiert wird, in Abhängigkeit von der Zeit;
• 26b eine schematische Darstellung eines zweiten beispielhaften Verlaufs einer Geschwindigkeit, mit der ein Bogen transportiert wird, in Abhängigkeit von der Zeit;
• 26c eine schematische Darstellung eines dritten beispielhaften Verlaufs einer Geschwindigkeit, mit der ein Bogen transportiert wird, in Abhängigkeit von der Zeit;
• 27 eine schematische perspektivische Darstellung eines zumindest ein primäres Beschleunigungsmittel aufweisenden Ausschnitts einer Substratzufuhreinrichtung;
• 28 eine schematische perspektivische Darstellung eines mehrere primäre Beschleunigungsmittel und Antriebe aufweisenden Ausschnitts einer Substratzufuhreinrichtung;
• 29a eine schematische Darstellung eines ein primäres Beschleunigungsmittel tragenden Hubrahmens mit einem Höheneinstellmittel in einer ersten beispielhaften Lage und einem Vertikalantrieb in einer ersten Drehlage;
• 29b eine schematische Darstellung gemäß 29a mit dem Vertikalantrieb in einer zweiten Drehlage;
• 29c eine schematische Darstellung gemäß 29a mit dem Vertikalantrieb in einer dritten Drehlage;
• 29d eine schematische Darstellung gemäß 29a mit dem Vertikalantrieb in einer vierten Drehlage;
• 30a eine schematische Darstellung gemäß 29a mit einem Höheneinstellmittel in einer zweiten beispielhaften Lage und einem Vertikalantrieb in einer ersten Drehlage;
• 30b eine schematische Darstellung gemäß 30a mit dem Vertikalantrieb in einer zweiten Drehlage;
• 30c eine schematische Darstellung gemäß 30a mit dem Vertikalantrieb in einer dritten Drehlage;
• 30d eine schematische Darstellung gemäß 30a mit dem Vertikalantrieb in einer vierten Drehlage.

Show it:

• 1 a schematic representation of a sheet feeder unit;
• 2a a first section of a schematic representation of an exemplary processing machine with a plurality of modules designed as flexo coating modules and an alternative sheet feeder unit;
• 2 B a second section of the schematic representation of the exemplary processing machines according to FIG 2a ;
• 2c a third section of the schematic representation of the exemplary processing machines according to FIG 2a ;
• 3 a schematic representation of a conditioning unit;
• 4 a schematic representation of a system unit;
• 5a a schematic representation of a designed as a flexo coating unit, coating from above coating unit with incoming transport and outgoing transport;
• 5b a schematic representation of a flexo coating unit designed as a coating unit from above;
• 5c a schematic representation of a designed as a flexo coating unit, coating from below coating unit with incoming transport and outgoing transport;
• 5d shows a schematic representation of a coating unit designed as a flexo coating unit and coating from below;
• 6 a schematic representation of a coating unit designed as a non-impact coating unit and coating from above;
• 7 a schematic representation of a drying unit;
• 8a a schematic representation of a suction transport means designed as a suction belt;
• 8b a schematic representation of a suction transport means designed as a roller suction system;
• 8c a schematic representation of a longitudinal section of a suction transport means designed as a suction box belt;
• 8d a schematic representation of a cross section of a suction transport means designed as a suction box belt;
• 9 a schematic representation of a transport unit
• 10 a schematic representation of a shaping unit;
• 11 a schematic representation of a delivery unit;
• 12a a schematic representation of an exemplary processing machine with four pressure points;
• 12b a schematic representation of an exemplary processing machine with four printing points, priming module and painting module;
• 12c a schematic representation of an exemplary processing machine with eight printing points, priming module and painting module;
• 13 a schematic representation of primary and secondary acceleration means with their own drives;
• 14a a schematic representation of primary and secondary acceleration means, wherein several primary drives are arranged;
• 14b a schematic representation of primary and secondary acceleration means, wherein several different spacers are arranged;
• 15 a schematic representation of primary and secondary acceleration means, with an additional device for detecting faulty transported and/or faulty sheets, for sorting out sheets and/or for holding and/or for pushing back sheets;
• 16a a schematic representation of primary and secondary acceleration means, wherein a transport gap forming pair of conveyor belts is arranged as a secondary acceleration means;
• 16b a schematic representation of primary and secondary acceleration means, at least one conveyor belt and/or at least one transport means designed as a suction belt being arranged as the primary acceleration means;
• 16c a schematic representation of primary and secondary acceleration means, which are each designed as at least one conveyor belt and/or at least one transport means designed as a suction belt;
• 17a a schematic representation of a non-impact coating unit designed as a module with four recording devices occupied by print head assemblies;
• 17b a schematic representation of a non-impact coating unit designed as a module with four receiving devices, two of which are occupied by print head assemblies and one is occupied by a dryer assembly and one is unoccupied;
• 17c a schematic representation of a non-impact coating unit designed as a module with four receiving devices, two of which are occupied by print head assemblies and two of which are occupied by a dryer assembly;
• 17d a schematic representation of a non-impact coating unit designed as a module with four receiving devices, two of which are occupied by print head assemblies and two are unoccupied;
• 18a a schematic representation of an exemplary processing machine with a printing module with a dryer assembly between print head assemblies;
• 18b a schematic representation of an exemplary processing machine with two printing modules, wherein print head assemblies and a dryer assembly are arranged in the first printing module and only print head assemblies are arranged in the second printing module;
• 18c a schematic representation of an exemplary processing machine with a printing module, which has a dryer assembly between print head assemblies and a drying device in front of each application point of the printing module and a continuous transport means of the printing module;
• 18d has a schematic representation of an exemplary processing machine with a transport means on which the printing heads and drying devices are arranged;
• 19a a schematic representation of a suction transport means designed as a suction belt with a vacuum chamber in the transport direction;
• 19b a schematic representation of a suction transport means designed as a suction belt with a plurality of vacuum chambers arranged one behind the other in the transport direction and a plurality of vacuum sources;
• 19c a schematic representation of a suction transport means designed as a suction belt with a plurality of vacuum chambers arranged one behind the other in the transport direction, a plurality of vacuum sources and valves;
• 20 a schematic representation of a conveyor belt with belt alignment means and tensioning means;
• 21a a schematic representation of a transport means with conveyor belt and compression device, wherein a compression body is arranged in a passage position;
• 21b a schematic representation according to 21a , wherein a compression body is arranged in a compression layer;
• 22a a schematic representation of a first and a second frame of a coating unit in a perspective view, wherein print heads are not shown for the sake of clarity;
• 22b seen a schematic representation of a first and a second frame of a coating unit with print heads and positioning device in the transport direction;
• 22c seen a schematic representation of a first and a second frame of a coating unit with print heads and positioning device in the transverse direction;
• 23 a schematic representation of a sheet feeder unit in the transverse direction;
• 24 a schematic perspective view of a sheet feeder unit according to 23 ;
• 25a a schematic perspective view of a sheet feeder unit according to 23 from above;
• 25b a schematic perspective view of a sheet feeder unit according to 25a from above with conveyor belts shifted with respect to the transverse direction;
• 26a a schematic representation of a first exemplary profile of a speed at which a sheet is transported as a function of time;
• 26b a schematic representation of a second exemplary profile of a speed at which a sheet is transported as a function of time;
• 26c a schematic representation of a third exemplary profile of a speed at which a sheet is transported as a function of time;
• 27 a schematic perspective view of a section of a substrate feed device having at least one primary acceleration means;
• 28 a schematic perspective view of a section of a substrate feed device having a plurality of primary acceleration means and drives;
• 29a a schematic representation of a primary acceleration means carrying lifting frame with a height adjustment means in a first exemplary position and a vertical drive in a first rotational position;
• 29b a schematic representation according to 29a with the vertical drive in a second rotational position;
• 29c a schematic representation according to 29a with the vertical drive in a third rotational position;
• 29d a schematic representation according to 29a with the vertical drive in a fourth rotational position;
• 30a a schematic representation according to 29a with a height adjustment means in a second exemplary position and a vertical drive in a first rotational position;
• 30b a schematic representation according to 30a with the vertical drive in a second rotational position;
• 30c a schematic representation according to 30a with the vertical drive in a third rotational position;
• 30d a schematic representation according to 30a with the vertical drive in a fourth rotational position.

Inks and printing inks, but also primers, lacquers and paste-like materials are summarized under the term of a coating agent or printing fluid in the foregoing and in the following. Pressure fluids are preferably materials that are produced by a processing machine 01, in particular a printing machine 01, or at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 of the processing machine 01, in particular at least one printing unit 600 of the printing machine 01, onto a substrate 02, in particular a printing substrate 02, and/or can be transferred, and preferably in a finely structured form and/or not just over a large area, a preferably visible and/or texture on substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02, that can be felt through sensory impressions and/or can be detected by machine. Inks and printing inks are preferably solutions or dispersions of at least one colorant in at least one solvent. Examples of suitable solvents are water and/or organic solvents. Alternatively or additionally, the printing fluid can be designed as a printing fluid that crosslinks under UV light. Inks are relatively low High-viscosity printing fluids and printing inks are relatively high-viscosity printing fluids. Inks preferably have no binder or relatively little binder, while printing inks preferably contain a relatively large amount of binder and more preferably other auxiliaries. Colorants can be pigments and/or dyes, pigments being insoluble in the application medium while dyes being soluble in the application medium.

For the sake of simplicity, in the foregoing and in the following - unless explicitly differentiated and named accordingly - the term "printing ink" should be understood in the sense of a liquid or at least flowable coloring fluid to be printed in the printing machine, which does not only refer to the colloquial term "Printing ink" associated higher-viscosity coloring fluids for use in rotary printing machines, but in addition to these higher-viscosity coloring fluids in particular also low-viscosity coloring fluids such as "inks", especially inkjet inks, but also powder coloring fluids such. B. toner includes. In the foregoing and in the following, colorless lacquers are also meant in particular when printing fluids and/or inks and/or printing inks are mentioned. In the foregoing and in the following, means for a pretreatment (so-called priming or precoating) of printing substrate 02 are also preferably meant when printing fluids and/or inks and/or printing inks are mentioned. As an alternative to the term pressure fluid, the term coating agent is to be understood synonymously.

A processing machine 01 is preferably embodied as a printing machine 01. Processing machine 01 is preferably embodied as a sheet processing machine 01, i.e. as a processing machine 01 for processing sheet-type substrate 02 or sheets 02, in particular sheet-type printing substrate 02. Processing machine 01 is more preferably embodied as a corrugated cardboard sheet processing machine 01, i.e. as a processing machine 01 for processing sheet-type material Substrate 02 or sheet 02 made of corrugated cardboard, in particular sheet-shaped printing material 02 made of corrugated cardboard. Processing machine 01 is also preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, in particular as a sheet-fed corrugated board printing machine 01, i.e. as a printing machine 01 for coating and/or printing on sheet-type substrate 02 or sheets 02 made of corrugated board, in particular sheet-type printing material 02 made of corrugated board. For example, printing press 01 is embodied as a printing press 01 that operates according to a non-impact printing process and/or as a printing press 01 that operates according to a printing forme-based printing process. Printing press 01 is preferably embodied as a non-impact printing press 01, in particular an inkjet printing press 01, and/or as a flexographic printing press 01. The printing press has, for example, at least one flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800 on. Alternatively or additionally, the coating machine 01 preferably has at least one non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800, in particular jet coating unit 400; 600; 800 or inkjet coating aggregate 400; 600; 800 on. Insofar as features are described above and below based on an embodiment as a sheet processing machine 01, these also apply to a general processing machine 01, in particular also to a processing machine 01 that is designed to process at least web-shaped substrate 02, i.e. a web processing machine, at least to the extent that this is the case no contradictions arise from this. Insofar as sheet 02 is mentioned above and below, the same also applies to the general substrate, in particular sheet or web-shaped substrate, at least insofar as this does not result in any contradictions. A transport path for transporting substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, is preferably provided.

Unless an explicit distinction is made, the term sheet-shaped substrate 02, in particular a printing material 02, specifically sheet 02, is used here to mean any flat substrate 02 or any substrate 02 that is present in sections, i.e. also substrates 02 that are in the form of panels or plates, i.e. also panels or plates, be included. The sheet-like substrate 02 or sheet 02 defined in this way is made of paper or cardboard, for example; H. formed as paper or cardboard sheets, or by sheets 02, panels or plates made of plastic, cardboard, glass or metal. The substrate 02 is more preferably corrugated cardboard 02, in particular corrugated cardboard sheets 02. The thickness of a sheet 02 is preferably understood to mean a dimension orthogonal to a largest area of the sheet 02. This largest area is also referred to as the main area. The thickness of the sheets 02 is, for example, at least 0.1 mm, more preferably at least 0.3 mm and even more preferably at least 0.5 mm. In the case of sheets of corrugated cardboard 02 in particular, significantly greater thicknesses are also common, for example at least 4 mm or even 10 mm and more. Corrugated cardboard sheets 02 are comparatively stable and therefore not very flexible. Corresponding adjustments to the processing machine 01 therefore make it easier to process thick sheets 02.

The processing machine 01 preferably has a plurality of units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 on. Under an aggregate 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 is preferably one in each case A group of devices that interact functionally, in particular to be able to carry out a preferably self-contained processing operation on sheets 02. For example, at least two and preferably at least three and more preferably all of the units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 as modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 formed or at least assigned to one such. Under a module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 is in particular a respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or a structure made up of several aggregates 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 to understand that preferably at least one means of transport 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 and/or at least one separate controllable and/or regulatable drive M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M 1000 and/or at least one transfer means 03 for sheets 02 and/or at least one without deviation or with a deviation of no more than 5 cm, preferably no more than 1 cm and more preferably by no more than 2 mm on a for a plurality of modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 has the same first standard height beginning and/or ending section of a transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, and/or as an independently functional module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and/or each individually manufactured and/or individually assembled machine unit or functional assembly.

Under its own controllable and / or adjustable drive M 100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000 of a unit or module is in particular a drive M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000, which serves to drive movements of components of this unit or module and/or which serves to transport substrate 02 to be processed, in particular printing material 02 and/or sheets 02, through this respective unit or module and/or through at least to bring about an area of action of this unit or module in question and/or which serves to directly or indirectly drive at least one component of the unit or module in question intended for contact with the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02. The drives M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000 of aggregates 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and/or modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the processing machine 01 are preferred as motors M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000, in particular electric motors M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000 designed, more preferably as position-controlled electric motors M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000.

Each unit preferably has 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 has at least one drive controller and/or at least one drive controller or drive control, which is assigned to the respective at least one drive M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000 of the respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 is assigned. The drive controls and/or drive controllers or drive controllers of the individual units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 can preferably be operated individually and independently of one another. Also preferred are the drive controls and/or drive controllers or drive controllers of the individual units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 are and/or can be linked to one another in terms of circuitry in such a way that coordinated control and/or regulation of the drives M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000 of several or all aggregates 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and/or in particular modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of processing machine 01 is and/or can be carried out.

The coordinated control and/or regulation of the drives M 100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000 of several or all aggregates 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and/or in particular modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of processing machine 01 can preferably be carried out and/or monitored by means of a machine controller of processing machine 01 and/or is preferably carried out and/or monitored by a machine controller of processing machine 01. The coordinated control and/or regulation of the drives M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M 1000 of several or all aggregates 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and/or in particular modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of processing machine 01 can preferably be carried out and/or monitored using at least one BUS system and/or is preferably carried out and/or monitored using at least one BUS system, i.e. preferably takes place using at least one BUS system. In particular, the drive controls of the respective own drives are preferably connected to one another via at least one BUS system.

The individual aggregates 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and/or in particular modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the processing machine 01 are therefore at least with regard to their drives M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000 can preferably be operated and/or operated in an electronically coordinated manner, in particular by means of at least one electronic master axis. An electronic master axis is preferably specified for this purpose, for example by a higher-level machine controller of processing machine 01. In particular, the processing machine is preferably characterized in that at least the drive control of the primary drive M101 and the drive control of the secondary drive M101 and the drive control of the drive M600; M900 of the machining module 600; 900 can be operated and/or operated in a coordinated manner and/or can be operated and/or operated in a coordinated manner by means of at least one electronic master axis. For the generation of the electronic master axis, the higher-level machine control accesses, for example, components of a specific control and/or a specific controller of a specific unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 back. Preference is given to several or more preferably all units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and/or modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 designed in such a way that as a leading unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and/or as leading module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 can be used, the remaining aggregates 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and/or modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 follow and/or are able to follow during operation of the processing machine 01. Alternatively or additionally, the individual units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and/or in particular modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of processing machine 01, at least with regard to its drives M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000, for example, are mechanically synchronized and/or can be synchronized with one another. The individual units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and/or in particular modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of processing machine 01, however, at least with regard to its drives M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000 mechanically decoupled from each other.

Regardless of the specific functional design of the respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 has this respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 preferably has at least one transfer means 03, which preferably serves to transport substrate 02 to be processed, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, between this respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 on the one hand and at least one other unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and/or at least one other module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 on the other hand to support or perform. This preferably applies to several and more preferably to all aggregates 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, even more preferably all but one, for example a sheet feeder unit 100. A transfer means 03 is preferably understood to mean a means that supports and/or carries out a transfer. This also includes means that accept and/or pass on sheets of 02. For example, the at least one transfer means 03 is embodied as a front transfer means 03 and/or a processing area of the respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 upstream with respect to a transport direction T and/or with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one transfer means is designed as a rear transfer means and/or the processing area of the respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 with respect to the transport direction T and/or with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02. The at least one transfer means 03 is embodied, for example, as a passive transfer means 03, for example as at least one support surface 03 and/or at least one support roller. Alternatively, the at least one transfer means 03 is embodied as an active, in particular controlled and/or regulated, transfer means 03.

Unless otherwise described, the aggregates 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the processing machine 01 preferably characterized in that the through the respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, is at least substantially flat and more preferably completely flat. A substantially flat section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, is to be understood as meaning a section that has a minimum radius of curvature of at least 2 meters, more preferably at least 5 meters and even more more preferably at least 10 meters and even more preferably at least 50 meters. A completely flat section has an infinitely large radius of curvature and thus is also substantially flat and thus also has a minimum radius of curvature that is at least 2 meters. Unless otherwise described, the aggregates 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the processing machine 01 preferably characterized in that the through the respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, runs at least essentially horizontally and more preferably exclusively horizontally. This transport path preferably extends in the transport direction T. A transport path that runs essentially horizontally and is provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, means in particular that the transport path provided covers the entire area of the respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 has one or more and/or exclusively directions that deviate by at most 30°, preferably at most 15° and more preferably at most 5° from at least one horizontal direction. The direction of the transport path is in particular the direction in which sheets 02 are transported at the point at which the direction is measured. The transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, preferably begins at a point where sheets 02 are removed from a feeder stack 104.

Unless otherwise described, the aggregates 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the processing machine 01 preferably characterized in that the through the respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 defined section of a transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, at a respective input height of the respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 begins and/or at a respective initial level of the respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 ends. The entry height and/or the exit height is preferably from a lower support surface of the respective unit 100 provided as a standing surface; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 to measure, in particular in the vertical direction V. Preferably, several and more preferably all units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the processing machine 01 in that the respective input height of the respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 deviates from an identical first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and/or that the respective initial height of the respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 deviates from the same first standard height by a maximum of 5 cm, more preferably a maximum of 1 cm and even more preferably a maximum of 2 mm and/or that the respective input height of the respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 from the respective output height of the respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 µm deviates by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm.

Alternatively or additionally, processing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that it has at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 and/or non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 and/or printing unit 600; 600; 800 and/or that it has the transport path provided for transporting substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, and that at least for the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 and/or non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 and/or printing unit 600, a respective section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, defined by this, has a minimum radius of curvature of at least 2 meters and/or in the entire area of this coating aggregate 400; 600; 800 and/or non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 and/or printing unit 600 has a direction that deviates by at most 30° from at least one horizontal direction.

Preferably, processing machine 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that it has a transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, and that for a plurality of modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the sheet-fed printing press 01, that a through the respective module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, the respective section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, has a minimum radius of curvature of at least 2 meters and/or in the entire area of the respective module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 has a direction that deviates by at most 30° from at least one horizontal direction.

Processing machine 01 preferably has at least one unit 100, in particular sheet feeder unit 100, configured as substrate feed system 100, also known as sheet feeder unit 100, which is more preferably configured as module 100, in particular sheet feeder module 100.

Processing machine 01 preferably has at least one conditioning system 200; 550 trained unit 200; 550, in particular conditioning unit 200; 550, more preferably module 200; 550, in particular as a conditioning module 200; 550 is formed. Such a conditioning device 200; 550 is embodied, for example, as a preparation device 200 or as an after-treatment device 550 . Processing machine 01 preferably has at least one unit 200, in particular a preparation unit 200, embodied as a preparation unit 200, which is more preferably embodied as a module 200, in particular a preparation module 200, and represents a conditioning unit 200. Processing machine 01 preferably has at least one unit 550 embodied as an aftertreatment device 550, in particular an aftertreatment unit 550, which is more preferably embodied as a module 550, in particular as an aftertreatment module 550, and represents a conditioning device 550.

Processing machine 01 preferably has at least one unit 300, in particular system unit 300, embodied as a system device 300, which is more preferably embodied as a module 300, in particular as a system module 300. The at least one contact device 300 is alternatively embodied as a component of the substrate feed device 100.

Processing machine 01 preferably has at least one coating system 400; 600; 800 trained, also coating unit 400; 600; 800 called unit 400; 600; 800, more preferably module 400; 600; 800, in particular coating module 400; 600; 800 is trained. The at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 is arranged and/or constructed depending on the function and/or coating process. The at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 preferably serves to apply at least one respective coating medium to the entire surface and/or part of the surface of the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing substrate 02 and/or the sheets 02. An example of a coating unit 400; 600; 800 is a priming unit 400, which is used in particular to apply a primer to the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing substrate 02 and/or the sheets 02. Another example of a coating unit 400; 600; 800 is a printing assembly 600, which is used in particular to apply printing ink and/or ink to sheets 02. Another example of a coating unit 400; 600; 800 is a varnishing unit 800, which is used in particular to apply varnish to the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing substrate 02 and/or the sheets 02.

Coating units 400; 600; 800 preferably differ in terms of their coating process. An example of a coating unit 400; 600; 800 is a shape-based coating aggregate 400; 600; 800, which in particular has at least one fixed and preferably exchangeable printing forme. shape-based coating aggregates 400; 600; 800 preferably work according to a planographic printing process, in particular an offset planographic printing process and/or a gravure printing process and/or a relief printing process, particularly preferably a flexographic printing process. The coating unit 400; 600; 800 is then correspondingly, for example, a flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800, in particular flexo coating module 400; 600; 800. Another example of a coating unit 400; 600; 800 is a non-impact coating assembly 400; 600; 800, which works in particular without a fixed printing form. Printing formless or non-impact coating units 400; 600; 800 work, for example, according to an ionographic method and/or a magnetographic method and/or a thermographic method and/or electrophotography and/or laser printing and/or particularly preferably according to an inkjet printing method or inkjet printing method. The coating unit 400; 600; 800 is then correspondingly, for example, an inkjet coating unit 400; 600; 800, in particular ink jet coating module 400; 600; 800

Processing machine 01 preferably has at least one unit 400, in particular priming unit 400, embodied as a priming device 400, also referred to as priming unit 400, which is more preferably embodied as a module 400, in particular as a priming module 400. The at least one priming module 400 is, in particular, a special form of a processing module 600.

Processing machine 01 preferably has at least one unit 500 configured as a drying system 500, in particular a drying unit 500, which is more preferably configured as a module 500, in particular a drying module 500. Alternatively or additionally, for example, at least one drying device 506 is part of at least one, preferably as a module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 trained unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000. The at least one drying module 500 is, in particular, a special form of a processing module 500.

Processing machine 01 preferably has at least one unit 600 embodied as a printing unit 600, which is more preferably embodied as a module 600, in particular as a printing module 600. The at least one printing module 600 is, in particular, a special form of a processing module 600.

Processing machine 01 preferably has at least one unit 700, in particular transport unit 700, embodied as transport device 700 or transport means 700, which is more preferably embodied as module 700, in particular as transport module 700. The processing machine 01 has transport devices 700, for example also or alternatively as components of other units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and/or modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 on.

Processing machine 01 preferably has at least one unit 800, also known as coating unit 800, configured as coating unit 800, in particular coating unit 800, which is more preferably configured as module 800, in particular coating module 800. The at least one priming module 800 is, in particular, a special form of a processing module 800.

Processing machine 01 preferably has at least one unit 900 embodied as a shaping device 900 and/or a punching device 900, in particular a shaping unit 900 and/or a punching unit 900, which is more preferably embodied as a module 900, in particular a shaping module 900 and/or a punching module 900. The at least one shaping module 900 and/or stamping module 900 is, in particular, a special form of a processing module 900.

Processing machine 01 preferably has at least one unit 1000 configured as substrate delivery system 1000, also known as sheet delivery unit 1000, in particular delivery unit 1000, which is more preferably configured as module 1000, in particular delivery module 1000.

Processing machine 01 has, for example, at least one unit configured as a further processing device, in particular a further processing unit, which is more preferably configured as a module, in particular as a further processing module.

The transport direction T provided in particular for transporting sheets 02 is a direction T that is preferably at least essentially Chen and more preferably completely horizontally oriented and / or preferably by a first unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900 of the processing machine 01 to a last unit 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of processing machine 01 points, in particular from a sheet feeder unit 100 or a substrate feed system 100, on the one hand, to a delivery unit 1000 or a substrate delivery unit 1000, on the other hand, and/or which preferably points in a direction in which the sheets 02, apart from vertical movements or vertical components, point is transported by movements, in particular by a first contact with a substrate supply device 100 downstream unit 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the processing machine 01 or initial contact with the processing machine 01 up to a final contact with the processing machine 01. Irrespective of whether the system system 300 is an independent unit 300 or module 300 or is part of the substrate supply system 100, the transport direction T is preferably that direction T in which a horizontal component points in a direction oriented from the abutment device 300 to the substrate delivery device 1000 .

A working width of processing machine 01 and/or of the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 is preferably a dimension that is preferably orthogonal to the intended transport path for sheets 02 through the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800, more preferably in a transverse direction A. The transverse direction A is preferably a horizontal direction A. The transverse direction A is orthogonal to the intended transport direction T of the sheets 02 and/or orthogonal to the intended transport path of the sheets 02 through the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 oriented. The working width of processing machine 01 preferably corresponds to a maximum width that a sheet 02 may have in order to still be able to be processed with processing machine 01, i.e. in particular a maximum sheet width that can be processed with printing machine 01. The width of a sheet 02 is to be understood in particular as its dimension in the transverse direction A. This is preferably independent of whether this width of the sheet 02 is greater or smaller than a horizontal dimension of the sheet 02 that is orthogonal thereto, which more preferably represents the length of this sheet 02. The working width of processing machine 01 preferably corresponds to the working width of the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800, in particular printing assembly 600. The transverse direction A is preferably parallel to an axis of rotation of at least part of a transport means 411; 417; 611; 617; 811; 817 of a coating unit 400; 600; 800 oriented. The working width of sheet processing machine 01 is preferably at least 100 cm, more preferably at least 150 cm, even more preferably at least 160 cm, even more preferably at least 200 cm and even more preferably at least 250 cm.

Processing machine 01 preferably has transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011, which are preferably used as suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 are formed, in particular as a suction belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 and/or as a suction box belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 and/or as a roller suction system 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 and/or as a suction roller 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011. Such suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 are preferably used to move the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, forward in a controlled manner. A relative negative pressure is preferably used to pull and/or press the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing material 02 and/or the sheets 02, against at least one transport surface 718, and a transport movement of the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02 are generated by a corresponding, in particular circular, movement of the at least one transport surface 718. The negative pressure is in particular a negative pressure relative to an ambient pressure, in particular relative to an atmospheric pressure.

Under a suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is therefore preferably to be understood as a device which has at least one movable transport surface 718, which serves in particular as a counter-pressure surface 718 and can be moved, for example, at least partially, at least in the transport direction T. Furthermore, the suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 has at least one vacuum chamber 719, which is connected to at least one vacuum source 733 by means of a suction line 721. The vacuum source 733 has a blower 733, for example. The at least one vacuum chamber 719 has at least one suction opening 722, which is used to suck in the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing substrate 02 and/or the sheets 02. Depending on the embodiment of the suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 and size of the sheets 02, the sheets 02 are sucked into a position that closes the at least one suction opening 722 or are merely sucked against a counter-pressure surface 718 in such a way that ambient air can still get past the sheets 02 and into the suction opening 722. For example, the transport surface 718 has one or more suction openings 723 . The suction openings 723 are preferably used to convey a negative pressure from the suction opening 722 of the negative pressure chamber 719 to the transport surface 718, in particular without pressure losses or with very low pressure losses. Alternatively or additionally, the suction opening 722 acts on the sheets 02 in such a way that they are sucked against the transport surface 718 without the transport surface 718 having suction openings 723. At least one deflection means 724 is provided, for example, which directly or indirectly ensures a revolving movement of the at least one transport surface 718. Preferably, the at least one deflection means 724 and/or the transport surface 718 is and/or can be driven itself, in particular to ensure that sheets 02 are moved.

A first embodiment of a suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is a suction belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011. Under a suction belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is to be understood as a device which has at least one flexible conveyor belt 718; 726, which serves as a transport surface 718. The at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 is preferably deflected by deflection means 724 embodied as deflection rollers 724 and/or deflection rollers 724 and/or is preferably self-contained, so that endless circulation is made possible. The at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 preferably has a large number of suction openings 723. The at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 preferably covers the at least one suction opening 722 of the at least one vacuum chamber 719 in at least one section of its circulation path. 726 connected to an environment and/or to arch 02. Support means are preferably provided which prevent the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 is drawn too far or at all into the vacuum chamber 719 and/or which ensure that the transport surface 718 assumes a desired shape, for example such that it has a forms a flat surface. A revolving movement of the at least one conveyor belt 718 then results in a forward movement of the transport surface 718, with sheets 02 being held securely on the transport surface 718 in precisely the area in which they are held by the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 with the exception of the suction openings 723 covered suction opening 722 opposite.

A second embodiment of a suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is a suction box belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011. Under a suction box belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is to be understood as a device that has a plurality of suction boxes 718; 727, each of which has an outer surface 718 serving as a transport surface 718. The suction boxes 718; 727 preferably each have at least one suction chamber 728. The respective suction chamber 728 is preferably open to the outside in one direction through at least one flow opening 729 . This at least one flow opening 729 preferably serves to convey a vacuum from the vacuum chamber 719 into the respective suction chamber 728. The at least one flow opening 729 is arranged laterally, for example, or arranged in such a way that it points in or against a vertical direction V at least at times. The suction boxes 718; 727 preferably each have a large number of suction openings 723. The suction boxes 718; 727 are preferably designed to be relatively stiff. The suction boxes 718; 723 are preferably flexibly connected to one another, in particular via at least one connecting means 731. The at least one connecting means 731 is embodied, for example, as a traction means 731, in particular a belt 731 or band 731, more preferably as a completely circumferential and/or endless connecting means 731. For example, all suction boxes 718 ; 727 attached to at least one of the same connecting means 731. Alternatively, adjacent suction boxes 718; 717 be connected to each other in pairs. The connections result in a suction box belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011. This suction box belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 and in particular a subset of the suction boxes 718; 727 preferably cover at least one section of a circulation path of the suction box belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 the at least one suction opening 722 of the at least one vacuum chamber 719. More preferably, the vacuum chamber 719 is then only through the suction opening gen 723 of the suction boxes 718; 727 connected to the environment and/or to Bogen 02.

The at least one suction box belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is preferably deflected by deflection means 724 designed as deflection rollers 724 and/or deflection rollers 724 and is preferably self-contained, so that endless circulation is made possible. For example, the deflection means 724 interact directly with the traction means 731 and/or drive it. The suction boxes 718; 727 each have a level transport surface 718, so that several suction boxes one behind the other form a correspondingly larger level transport surface 718. By rotating the suction boxes 718; 272 then results in a forward movement of the transport surface 718, with sheets 02 being held securely on the transport surface 718 precisely in the area in which they are tightly connected to the suction opening 722 with suction boxes 718; 722 are in contact. Guide means 732 are preferably provided, which serve to guide the movement of the suction boxes 718; 727 to be limited to predetermined areas.

A third embodiment of a suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is a roller suction system 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011. Under a roller suction system 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is to be understood as meaning a device in which the at least one transport surface 718 is formed from at least parts of lateral surfaces 718 of a multiplicity of transport rollers 724 and/or transport rollers 724. The transport rollers 724 and/or transport rollers 724 thus each form closed parts of the transport surface 718 that rotate around the circumference. The roller suction system 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 preferably has a large number of suction openings 722. These suction openings 722 are preferably arranged at least between adjacent transport rollers 724 and/or transport rollers 724.

For example, at least one covering mask 734 is provided, which preferably represents a delimitation of the vacuum chamber 719. The masking mask 734 preferably has the plurality of suction openings 722 . The shadow mask 734 preferably forms a substantially planar surface. The transport rollers 724 and/or transport rollers 724 are preferably arranged in such a way that they are intersected by this flat surface and more preferably protrude only to a small extent, for example only a few millimeters, beyond this flat surface, in particular in a direction facing away from the vacuum chamber 719. The suction openings 722 are then preferably embodied in the shape of a frame and each surround at least one of the transport rollers 724 and/or transport rollers 724. In other words, this means that the transport rollers 724 and/or transport rollers 724 preferably penetrate to a small extent, for example only a few millimeters, through the suction openings 722 protrude through, of which the cover mask 734 delimiting the vacuum chamber 719 is penetrated. Alternatively, some or all of the transport rollers 724 and/or transport rollers 724 protrude through openings in the covering mask 734 that have no connection to the vacuum chamber 719. Such openings are then arranged in addition to separate suction openings 722, for example. A revolving movement of transport rollers 724 and/or transport rollers 724 then results in a forward movement of the parts of transport surface 718, with sheets 02 being held securely on transport surface 718 in precisely the area in which they are opposite suction opening 722. An advantage of roller suction systems 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; For example, 1011 is high wear resistance. However, the risk of less good adhesion between transport rollers 724 and sheets 02, possibly imprecise infeed and/or a risk of damage to the contacting surface of sheets 02 due to relatively small, linear contact surfaces must be considered.

A fourth embodiment of a suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is at least one suction roller 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011. Under a suction roller 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is to be understood as meaning a roller whose lateral surface serves as a transport surface 718 and has a large number of suction openings 723 and which has at least one vacuum chamber 719 in its interior, which is connected to at least one vacuum source 733 by means of a suction line 721, for example.

At least one cleaning device is preferably provided, which cleans the respective transport surface 718 of the respective suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 serves. For example, this cleaning device is designed as a suction device and/or blower device and/or as a scraper device and/or preferably serves to remove pieces of paper and/or dust. The cleaning device is, for example, on one of the surfaces for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and/or sheet 02 provided on the opposite side of the suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 and/or aligned with the respective transport surface 718.

Sheet processing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that at least one cleaning device for cleaning at least one transport means 111; 117; 119 of the substrate feed device 100 is arranged and/or that at least one cleaning device for cleaning at least one transport means 411; 417; 611; 617; 811; 817 of a coating unit 400; 600; 800, in particular a non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 and/or that at least one cleaning device is provided for cleaning at least one means of transport 211 of preparation device 200 and/or that at least one cleaning device is provided for cleaning at least one means of transport 561 of aftertreatment device 550 and/or that at least one cleaning device is provided for cleaning at least one transport means711 of transport device 700 and/or that at least one cleaning device is arranged for cleaning at least one transport means 911 of shaping device 900 and/or that at least one cleaning device is arranged for cleaning at least one transport means 1011 of substrate delivery device 1000.

Regardless of the embodiment of the respective suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 are at least two arrangements of the respective suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 possible.

In a first arrangement, one of the respective suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, below transport surface 718, which is in particular movable and serves in particular as counter-pressure surface 718 and can be moved, for example, at least partially, at least in transport direction T. For example, the respective suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 then as the upper suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011, whose suction openings 722 or suction openings 723, at least during their connection to the at least one vacuum chamber 719, preferably point at least also or only downwards and/or whose suction effect preferably also at least or only points upwards. The sheets 02 are then removed from the suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 transported hanging.

In a second arrangement, one of the respective suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, above transport surface 718, which is in particular movable and which serves in particular as counter-pressure surface 718 and can be moved, for example, at least partially, at least in transport direction T. For example, the respective suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 then as lower suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011, whose suction openings 722 or suction openings 723 preferably point at least also or only upwards, at least during their connection with the at least one vacuum chamber 719, and/or whose suction effect preferably also points at least or only downwards. The sheets 02 are then removed from the suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 transported lying down.

Whether the respective suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 as upper or lower suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is formed, for example, depends on whether in a preceding and / or in a following unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 an upper or a lower main surface of sheets 02 has been and/or is to be processed. A transfer point from an upper suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 to a lower suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 or from a lower suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 to an upper suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 can be formed, for example, by the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, extending at least in a partial area from both a lower suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 and an upper suction transport means 111; 117 is limited. That suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011, whose area of influence ends later when viewed in the transport direction T, then decides whether the sheets 02 are transported hanging or lying flat after the transfer point.

Regardless of the embodiment of the suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 as a suction belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 and/or as a suction box belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 and/or as a roller suction system 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011, for example, the at least one vacuum chamber 719 is divided and/or can be subdivided into a plurality of parts with respect to transverse direction A, which are and/or can be sealed off from one another and/or which can be individually subjected to a vacuum. As a result, an adaptation to sheets 02 of different widths can take place and an unnecessarily large amount of air does not have to be sucked in. However, suction openings 722 and/or suction openings 723 are preferably selected to be so small that the volume passing through them is very small, even if they are not covered by a sheet 02. An adjustment to the width of the sheets 02 can then be dispensed with.

Further configurations for suction transport means 111 follow first; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011. These configurations are particularly advantageous and preferred in accordance with the first embodiment as the respective suction belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 formed suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011. To the extent that there are no contradictions, however, the configurations also apply to other embodiments of suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011. The sheet-fed printing press 01 preferably has at least one suction belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 formed suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 on. This at least one suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 preferably has at least one, in particular flexible, conveyor belt 718; 726, which extends with at least one transport section of its circulation path parallel to the transport direction T along a partial region of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, in particular over a transport length. The at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 preferably has a large number of suction openings 723. The transport section is stationary, even when the transport belt 718 is moving; 726 and in particular is not part of the conveyor belt 718; 726 dedicated.

Along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, there are preferably at least two, more preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least ten, which are separate from one another and/or, in particular with respect to transport direction T separable vacuum chambers 719 arranged one behind the other, each having at least one suction opening 722. Such a separation is to be understood in particular as a fluidic separation. This separation is preferably complete, in particular in such a way that a connection is only possible via lines connected to a vacuum source 733 and/or through the suction openings 723 of the conveyor belt 718; 726 and an ambient atmosphere is present. The at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 in its transport section of its circulation path, preferably at least one suction opening 722 of several and more preferably all of these vacuum chambers 719 arranged one behind the other, at least partially, in particular with the exception of respective suction openings 723. This means that a respective conveyor belt 718; 726 are associated with several vacuum chambers 719, which affect different areas one after the other in the transport direction T. In particular, this is to be distinguished from an arrangement of several conveyor belts arranged at least partially one behind the other.

The negative pressure is essentially passed on only through those suction openings 723 which are connected to the respective negative pressure chamber 719 . In contrast to one large vacuum chamber 719, a plurality of small vacuum chambers 719 can therefore act individually and, in particular, can be at least partially closed off individually from an environment. This closure takes place on the one hand by the conveyor belt 718; 726 itself and on the other hand by those components of sheet 02 that cover the corresponding suction openings 723. If too little of the intake openings 723 is covered, the negative pressure is reduced by the inflowing ambient air. This could result in the sheets 02 no longer being held adequately. This danger exists with small sheets 02 and/or large distances between sheets 02 and/or a first sheet 02 and/or a last sheet 02. The subdivision into a plurality of vacuum chambers 719 along the transport section ensures that the vacuum cannot drop sharply in all areas at the same time. Furthermore, the plurality of vacuum chambers 719 with the same length of the conveyor belt 718; 716 for smaller vacuum chambers 719 provided. The consequence of this is that each suction opening 723 has a larger proportion of a total number of suction openings 723 just assigned to the respective vacuum chamber 719 . A relatively small number of closed suction openings 723 is therefore sufficient to keep the negative pressure in the respective negative pressure chamber 719 at a usable level. This relatively small number can also be achieved with small sheets 02 and/or large distances between sheets 02 and/or a first sheet 02 and/or a last sheet 02.

Furthermore, it is irrelevant whether the vacuum in a vacuum chamber 719 becomes too low, as long as a sheet 02 that is partially located in its area of influence is still being held by the vacuum of another vacuum chamber 719. This is also achieved by the relatively large number of relatively small vacuum chambers 719. This effect can also be used intentionally in order to ensure a vacuum only in the relevant vacuum chambers 719 and to intentionally separate vacuum chambers 719 that are not adequately covered from a corresponding vacuum source, at least temporarily. Overall, the suction effect of the suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 vary along the transport direction T. In this way, pump power and thus energy can be saved.

The individual vacuum chambers 719 can preferably be charged individually with vacuum. In an alternative or additional refinement, processing machine 01, preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is therefore preferably characterized in that at least a first of these at least two vacuum chambers 719 arranged one behind the other is and/or can be connected to at least one first vacuum source 733 via at least one, in particular first, suction line 721 is arranged. Furthermore, preferably at least one other, in particular second, of these at least two vacuum chambers 719 arranged one behind the other is and/or can be connected to at least one other, in particular second, vacuum source 733 via at least one suction line 721, in particular another and/or second suction line 721. More preferably, this at least one other of these at least two vacuum chambers 719 arranged one behind the other is and/or can be connected via the at least one suction line 721 exclusively to the at least one other, in particular second, vacuum source 733. The designation as first or second vacuum chamber 719, first or second suction line or first or second vacuum source 733 etc. is used here only for distinguishability and does not relate to a sequence or arrangement of these components.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that at least a first of these at least two vacuum chambers 719 arranged one behind the other via at least one, in particular a first, suction line 721 and at least one first controllable and/or regulatable valve 737 is connected and/or can be connected to at least one first vacuum source 733. Then the vacuum source 733 does not have to be deactivated or not completely deactivated in order to deactivate a corresponding vacuum chamber 719 . Instead, corresponding actuation of the at least one valve 737 is sufficient. In an alternative or additional development, processing machine 01, which is preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that at least a second of these at least two vacuum chambers 719 arranged one behind the other is connected via at least one, in particular second, suction line 721 and at least one second controllable and/or regulatable valve 737 is connected and/or can be connected to the at least one first vacuum source 733. A negative pressure source 733 can then be used for a plurality of negative pressure chambers 719 and the expenditure on equipment can be kept as low as possible. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that at least one other and/or second of these at least two vacuum chambers 719 arranged one behind the other is connected via at least one other and/or second suction line 721 and at least one other and /or the second controllable and/or regulatable valve 737 is connected and/or can be connected to at least one other and/or second vacuum source 733.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that along the transport section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 at least one coating point 409; 609; 809 of at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 of the sheet-fed printing press 01. This enables a particularly high print quality because a particularly secure position of the sheets 02 can be achieved even with small sheets 02 and/or large distances between sheets 02 and/or a first sheet 02 and/or a last sheet 02. Also preferred are along the transport section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 at least two, even more preferably at least three and even more preferably at least four coating points 409; 609; 809 of at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 of the sheet-fed printing press 01. Printing can then be optimized with regard to register and/or register and/or color register. For example, along the transport section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 at least one drying system 500 and/or at least one drying device 506 of sheet-fed printing press 01.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that at least two, preferably at least three, more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least seven vacuum chambers 719 are and/or can be separated from one another with respect to the transverse direction A are arranged side by side, each having at least one suction opening 722, each of at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 of the suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 are arranged at least partially covered. These are, for example, several conveyor belts 781; 726 or preferably a common conveyor belt 718; 726. Sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that at least one of these at least two vacuum chambers 719 arranged next to one another is connected and/or can be connected via at least one suction line 721 to at least one vacuum source 733 and at least one other of these at least two vacuum chambers 719 arranged next to one another is connected via at least one other suction line 721 is connected and/or can be connected in particular exclusively to another vacuum source 733.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that at least a first of these at least two vacuum chambers 719 arranged next to one another is connected to at least one vacuum source via at least one suction line 721 and at least one controllable and/or adjustable valve 737 733 is connected and/or arranged so that it can be connected.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that at least one other of these at least two vacuum chambers 719 arranged next to one another is connected to at least one suction line 721 and at least one other controllable and/or adjustable valve 737 is connected and/or can be connected to a vacuum source 733. Alternatively and/or additionally, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that at least one other of these at least two vacuum chambers 719 arranged next to one another is connected via at least one suction line 721 and at least one other controllable and/or adjustable valve 737 to at least one other vacuum source 733 and/or or is arranged connectable.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that at least two, more preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least seven are separate and/or separable from one another with respect to the transverse direction A Vacuum chambers 719 are arranged next to one another, the pairs of which relate to the transport direction T relative position partially overlap and also partially differ. Vacuum chambers 719 arranged in this way are also called vacuum chambers 719 offset from one another in the transport direction T. Vacuum chambers 719, which are offset from one another in the transport direction T, allow sheets 02 to be transported even better relative to the transport belt 718; 726 are held. In particular, when a sheet 02 enters an active area of a next vacuum chamber 719 or exits an active area of a previous vacuum chamber 719, it can remain in the active area of another vacuum chamber 719 at the same time. This ensures that at least one vacuum chamber 719 is always sufficiently closed to maintain a vacuum that keeps sheet 02 on conveyor belt 02. Preferably, sheet-fed printing press 01 is additionally characterized in that at least one of these at least two vacuum chambers 719, which are offset from one another in transport direction T, is connected and/or can be connected via at least one suction line 721 to at least one vacuum source 733, and at least one other of these at least two is located in transport direction T mutually offset vacuum chambers 719 is connected and/or can be connected via at least one other suction line 721, in particular exclusively to another vacuum source 733.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that at least a first of these at least two vacuum chambers 719, which are offset from one another in the transport direction T, can be controlled via at least one suction line 721 and at least one controllable and/or regulatable valve 737 is connected and/or can be connected to at least one vacuum source 733. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that at least one other of these at least two vacuum chambers 719, which are offset from one another in the transport direction T, can be controlled via at least one suction line 721 and at least one other controllable and/or regulatable valve 737 is connected and/or can be connected to this at least one vacuum source 733. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that at least one other of these at least two vacuum chambers 719, which are offset from one another in the transport direction T, can be controlled via at least one suction line 721 and at least one other controllable and/or regulatable valve 737 is in particular exclusively connected and/or connectable to another vacuum source 733.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01 preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that at least one valve 737 assigned to a vacuum chamber 719 or a suction line 721 is connected to a machine controller of the sheet-fed processing machine 01 embodied in particular as a sheet-fed printing press 01, which also has access to data on a position of at least one sheet 02 and/or to data on a rotational position of at least one drive involved in the transport of the at least one sheet 02. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01 preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that at least one vacuum source 733 assigned to a vacuum chamber 719 or a suction line 721 is connected to a machine controller of the sheet-fed processing machine 01 embodied in particular as a sheet-fed printing press 01, which also has access to data on a position of at least one sheet 02 and/or to data on a rotational position of at least one drive involved in the transport of the at least one sheet 02. By accessing this data, it is possible to apply a vacuum only to those vacuum chambers 719 that are or will soon be sufficiently covered in order to actually hold one or more sheets 02. The area of activated vacuum chambers 719, i.e. those subjected to vacuum, can then be moved with the respective sheets 02 and/or at least partially lead them and/or lag behind them to a small extent, for example for safety reasons. In this way, suction power and thus energy is only used in doses.

A method for operating a sheet-fed processing machine 01, in particular a sheet-fed printing press 01, is therefore preferred, in which at least one sheet 02 is used by means of a suction belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 trained suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is transported, the at least one flexible conveyor belt 718; 726, which moves with at least one transport section of its circulation path parallel to the transport direction T along a partial region of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, in particular over a transport length. Preferably at least two, more preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least ten are provided along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02. or separable vacuum chambers 719 arranged one behind the other, each having at least one suction opening 722. The at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 in its transport section of its circulation path at least one suction opening 722 of several and more preferably all of these vacuum chambers 719 arranged one behind the other, at least partially. The method is preferably characterized in particular by the fact that a respective vacuum in the at least two vacuum chambers 719 arranged one behind the other is influenced individually and in a time-varying manner as a function of at least data that characterizes a position of the at least one sheet 02 along the transport section, in particular along the Transport section of the circulating path of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726.

The method is preferably characterized in that the at least one sheet 02 is pressed against a transport surface of a transport belt 718; in particular a flexible transport belt 718; 726 of the suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is drawn. The vacuum is preferably defined by a difference between an ambient pressure on the one hand and a pressure within a respective vacuum chamber 719, the suction opening 722 of the conveyor belt 718; 726 is at least partially covered, on the other hand. The method is preferably characterized in that the at least one sheet 02 is processed in at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 of the sheet-fed printing press 01 is coated while it is used as a suction belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 trained suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is transported. More preferably, the method is characterized in that the at least one sheet 02 is printed in at least one printing unit 600 of sheet-fed printing press 01, while it is used as a suction belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 trained suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is transported.

As described, processing machine 01, which is embodied in particular as a sheet-fed printing press 01, preferably has the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726, which more preferably extends with at least one transport section of its circulation path parallel to the transport direction T along a partial region of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02. With respect to the transverse direction A, only exactly one conveyor belt 718; 726 arranged. Viewed in the direction of transport T, a plurality of conveyor belts can be arranged one behind the other and form different areas of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and/or sheets 02. The at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 is not necessarily, but preferably as a conveyor belt 718; 726 one as a suction belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 trained suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 of sheet-fed printing press 01, in particular this at least one suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 has. The at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 has a plurality of suction openings 723 as described. As described, processing machine 01, which is preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that along the transport section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 at least one coating point 409; 609; 809 of at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 of the sheet-fed printing press 01. Also preferred are along the transport section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 at least two, even more preferably at least three and even more preferably at least four coating points 409; 609; 809 of at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 of the sheet-fed printing press 01. For example, along the transport section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 at least one drying system 500 and/or at least one drying device 506 of sheet-fed printing press 01.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that at least one belt alignment means 738 of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 with the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 is arranged so that it is in contact and more preferably that by adjusting a position of the at least one belt alignment means 738 relative to at least one, in particular stationary, frame 427; 431; 508; 627; 631; 827; 831; 744 of sheet-fed printing press 01 a layer of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 7126 with respect to the transverse direction A can be influenced. This can prevent the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 are compensated at least partially and preferably completely with respect to the transverse direction A, in particular while this at least conveyor belt 718; 726 is moved to transport sheets 02.

The at least one belt alignment means 738 is preferably embodied as at least one belt alignment roller 738, more preferably as at least one belt alignment roller 738, the orientation of whose axis of rotation 742 can be changed.

As a result, in particular an angle between the axis of rotation 742 of this belt alignment roller 738 on the one hand and the axial direction A on the other hand changes, in particular with regard to its amount and/or its position in space. For example, the at least one belt alignment means 738 can be pivoted about an alignment axis, the direction of which has at least one component oriented orthogonally to the transverse direction A. In particular, the example of such a belt alignment roller 738 shows the mode of operation of the belt alignment by means of 738. By tilting the belt alignment roller 738, different parts of the conveyor belt 718; 726, depending on their position in relation to the transverse direction A, cover distances of different lengths for an entire revolution of the at least one conveyor belt 728. As a result, the at least one conveyor belt 738 experiences a force acting with respect to the transverse direction A and is moved accordingly with respect to the transverse direction A in the course of its revolving movement. This controlled movement is preferably only generated in order to compensate for previously and/or otherwise occurring undesired movements with respect to the transverse direction A.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least one belt alignment means 738 has at least one radial bearing 739, the axis of rotation of which 742 is at least relative to at least one stationary frame 427, at least with respect to a compensation direction W. 431; 508; 627; 631; 827; 831; 744 of the sheet-fed printing press 01. The at least one radial bearing 739 is preferably linearly displaceable at least in and/or counter to the compensation direction W. For example, at least one such radial bearing 739 is at least one radial bearing 739 that enables the at least one belt alignment roller 738 to rotate about its axis of rotation 742. More preferably, the at least one belt alignment means 738 has at least two radial bearings 739 that are spaced apart in the transverse direction A and whose axes of rotation 742 are aligned at least with respect to one Compensation direction W at least relative to one another and/or independently of one another and/or relative to at least one, in particular stationary, frame 427; 431; 508; 627; 631; 827; 831; 744 of the sheet-fed printing press 01 are arranged such that they can be displaced. For example, an unequal displacement of the radial bearings 739 of the belt alignment roller 738 occurs. For example, the at least two radial bearings 739 can be linearly displaced at least in and/or counter to the compensation direction W. However, it is also possible, for example, to arrange at least two belt alignment means 738, which are configured as rollers and are offset relative to the transverse direction A or are arranged next to one another, which can be moved independently of one another relative to the compensation direction W. However, the case is preferred in which precisely one strip alignment means 738, embodied in particular as a strip alignment roller 738, is arranged and the at least two radial bearings 739 are both assigned to this same strip alignment means 738.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that a reference plane has a normal vector that is oriented parallel to the transverse direction A, and a compensating tangent 743 a tangent 743 to a contact section of a line of intersection of the at least one conveyor belts 718; 726 with the reference plane and the contact section is such a section in which a contact between the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 on the one hand and the at least one belt alignment means 738 on the other hand, and the compensation direction W is oriented parallel to the compensation tangent 743. The position of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 can be influenced particularly precisely, in particular without tensioning the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 to influence unnecessarily strongly. More preferably, the compensating direction W runs parallel to an angle bisecting line between an infeed direction on the one hand, in which components of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 move when they reach the at least one belt alignment means 738 and/or in which an incoming part of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726, and an exit direction on the other hand, in which components of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 move when they leave the at least one belt alignment means 738 and/or in which an outgoing part of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 extends. A deflection angle is preferably the angle through which the conveyor belt 718; 726 is deflected between a first and a last contact with the at least one belt alignment means 738. The deflection angle is preferably at most 180°, more preferably at most 120°, even more preferably at most 90° and even more preferably at most 60°.

In an alternative or additional refinement, processing machine 01, preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least one belt alignment means 738 has at least one alignment drive 741. This enables remote-controlled and/or automated influencing of the position of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 can be reached. The at least one belt alignment means 738 is preferably designed such that it can be controlled and/or regulated by means of a computing device, with this computing device being, for example, a higher-level machine controller of sheet-fed printing press 01 or at least being connected to the higher-level machine controller of sheet-fed printing press 01 in terms of circuitry. Alternatively, this computing device is independent of the higher-level machine controller of sheet-fed printing press 01. For example, the at least one alignment drive 741 is an electric motor 741 and/or as a pneumatic cylinder 741 and/or as a hydraulic cylinder 741 and/or as a linear drive 741. For example, at least one sensor is arranged to detect a position of the at least one conveyor belt 716; 726 to capture. Signals from this at least one sensor can then be made available to an operator, for example, and/or used to regulate and/or control the at least one alignment drive 741.

In an alternative or additional refinement, processing machine 01, preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least one belt alignment means 738 is connected exclusively to an underside of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 is arranged in contact and this underside is a transport surface 718 of the at least one transport belt 718; 726 opposite surface of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 is. This ensures that only the forces caused by paths of different lengths act and preferably abrasion on a lateral edge of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 is largely avoided.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that at least one tensioning device 736 for setting and/or maintaining a particular mechanical tension on the conveyor belt 718; 726, in particular the suction belt 718; 726 is arranged and in particular with this conveyor belt 718; 726 is placed in contact. At least one deflection roller 736 is arranged as such a clamping means 736, for example, the axis of rotation of which is arranged to be displaceable. The at least one clamping means 736 can preferably be displaced in and/or counter to at least one clamping direction. For example, all of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 of the at least one clamping means 736 that are in contact are arranged so that they can be moved linearly together. For example, the at least one clamping means 736 has at least two bearings, in particular radial bearings, which are arranged so as to be movable parallel to one another orthogonally to transverse direction A. At least one clamping drive is provided, for example, by means of which the at least one clamping means 736 can be displaced. The at least one clamping drive is designed, for example, as at least one electric motor and/or as at least one hydraulic cylinder and/or as at least one pneumatic cylinder and/or as a linear drive.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that the sheet-fed printing press 01 has at least one non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 trained coating unit 400; 600; 800 and the sheet-fed printing press 01 has at least one conveyor belt 718; 726, which extends with at least one transport section of its circulation path parallel to a transport direction T along a partial region of a transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, and along the transport section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 at least one, in particular by at least one print head 416; 616; 816 specified coating location 409; 609; 809 of at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 of the sheet-fed printing press 01. The at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 therefore preferably has at least one print head 416; 616; 816 on. The at least one print head 416; 616; 816 with at least one first frame 427; 627; 827 of the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 arranged connected, more preferably with at least one side wall 428, 628, 828 of the at least one first frame 427; 627; 827 of the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 and even more preferably with at least two side walls 428, 628, 828 of the at least one first frame 427; 627; 827 of the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800. This connection is, for example, direct, but preferably indirect. For example, the at least one print head 416; 616; 816 via at least one positioning device 426; 626; 826 and/or at least one other component with the at least one first frame 427; 627; 827 connected arranged.

The first rack 427; 627; 827 is preferably frame 427; 627; 827 of the coating unit 400; 600; 800 or coating module 400; 600; 800. The first rack 427; 627; 827 preferably has at least two side walls 428; 628; 828 on. More preferably, the at least one print head 416; 616; 816 in relation to the transverse direction A between the at least two side walls 428; 628; 828 of the first frame 427; 627; 827 arranged.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 via at least one deflection means 724 and at least one radial bearing with at least one second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 is arranged connected, more preferably with at least one side support 432; 632; 832 of the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 and even more preferably with at least two side supports 432; 632; 832 of the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744. The second rack 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 is, for example, a stand 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 of another unit 500; 700 or module 500; 700, for example a drying unit 500 or a drying module 500 or a transport unit 700 or transport module 700. The second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 is alternatively, for example, a subframe 431; 631; 831 of the coating unit 400; 600; 800 or coating module 400; 600; 800. The second rack 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 preferably has at least two side supports 432; 632; 832 on. The at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 at least partially between the at least two side supports 432; 632; 832 of the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 arranged. Preferably, the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 and in particular its side supports 432; 632; 832 in relation to the transverse direction A between the side walls of the at least one first frame 427; 627; 827

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least one first frame 427; 627; 827 apart from at least one set-up area at most via flexible connections with the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 is arranged connected, with this at least one installation area preferably being an installation area below the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 and/or below sheet-fed printing press 01. This means in particular that the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 to the coating module 400; 600; 800 or coating unit 400; 600; 800 can be assigned, but still preferably by the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 carried and supported by the first frame 427; 627; 827 is arranged so far mechanically decoupled. The at least one installation surface is preferably at least one surface that acts as a support surface that acts from bottom to top and/or that supports the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 and/or the sheet-fed printing press 01. The at least one installation area is, for example, a floor of a building or a component of a sufficiently stable and low-vibration substructure.

In an alternative or additional development, processing machine 01, which is preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 at least two side supports 432; 632; 832 and that the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 at least partially between the at least two side supports 432; 632; 832 of the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 is arranged and/or at least one of the at least two side supports 432; 632; 832 via at least one traverse 746 of the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 with at least one other of the at least two side supports 432; 632; 832 of the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 connected.

Such traverses 746 of the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 are used in particular for the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 to stabilize. They are preferably designed for optimized stability and are therefore in different relationships to the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 arranged. At least one such traverse 746 of the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 at least partially vertically below at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 is arranged. Alternatively or additionally, at least one such traverse 746 of the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 at least partially vertically below at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726, which is arranged at least partially vertically below another section of this at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 is arranged. Alternatively or additionally, at least one such traverse 746 of the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 at least partially vertically above at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 arranged. Alternatively or additionally, at least one such traverse 746 of the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 at least partially vertically above at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726, which is arranged at least partially vertically above a further section of this at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 is arranged. Alternatively or additionally, at least one such traverse 746 of the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 at least partially vertically above at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 and at least partially vertically below a further section of this at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 arranged.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that the first frame 427; 627; 827 at least two side walls 428; 628; 828 and that the at least one print head 416; 616; 816 at least partially between the at least two side walls 428; 628; 828 of the first frame 427; 627; 827 and/or at least one of the at least two side walls 428; 628; 828 of the first frame 427; 627; 827 via at least one traverse 433; 633; 833 of the first frame 427; 627; 827 with at least one other of the at least two side walls 428; 628; 828 of the first frame 427; 627; 827 is arranged connected.

Such trusses 433; 633; 833 of the first frame 427; 627; 827 are used in particular for the first frame 427; 627; 827 to stabilize. They are preferably designed for optimized stability and are therefore in different relationships to the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 arranged. At least one such traverse 433; 633; 833 of the first frame 427; 627; 827 at least partially vertically below at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 arranged. Alternatively or additionally, at least one such traverse 433; 633; 833 of the first frame 427; 627; 827 at least partially vertically below at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726, which is arranged at least partially vertically below a further section of this at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 is arranged. Alternatively or additionally, at least one such traverse 433; 633; 833 of the first frame 427; 627; 827 at least partially vertically above at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 arranged. Alternatively or additionally, at least one such traverse 433; 633; 833 of the first frame 427; 627; 827 at least partially vertically above at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726, which is arranged at least partially vertically above a further section of this at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 is arranged. Alternatively or additionally, at least one such traverse 433; 633; 833 of the first frame 427; 627; 827 at least partially vertically above at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 and at least partially vertically below a further section of this at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 arranged.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that a side wall 428; 628; 828 of the first frame 427; 627; 827 connected printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 at least partially vertically above at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 is arranged. In an alternative or additional refinement, processing machine 01, which is preferably configured as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 extends through an opening defined at least in part by at least one printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 and at least partially by at least one traverse 433; 633; 833 of the first frame 427; 627; 827 and at least partially from the side walls 428; 628; 828 of the first frame 427; 627; 827 is limited. The boundaries of this opening are preferably in a spatial region which is bounded by two planes whose normal vectors point in the transport direction T and which are spaced at most 50 cm and more preferably at most 25 cm from one another.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that at least one drive M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000 of the conveyor belt 718; 726 at least partially directly or indirectly rigidly connected to the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 connected. Then this at least one drive M 100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000 by separating the frames 427; 627; 827; 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 preferably so from the first rack 427; 627; 827 decouples that movements of this drive M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000 and/or movements of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 have little or no influence on print quality, particularly in the case of a non-impact printing unit 400; 600; 800

In an alternative or additional development, the processing unit, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing press 01 machine 01 is preferably characterized in that at least one energy output device 501; 502; 503 of at least one drying system 500 and/or at least one drying device 506 onto a section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 is aligned and that this at least one energy output device 501; 502; 503 rigidly or via a positioning device 424; 624; 824 with the first frame 427; 627; 827 or with the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 or with one of the first frame 427; 627; 827 and the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 different third frame is arranged connected.

Preferably, sheet-fed printing press 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least a module 100 embodied as a substrate feed device 100 is arranged. Preferably, sheet-fed printing press 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least a cleaning device 201 for substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and/or sheets 02, is provided.

Different embodiments and/or possible configurations of the at least one substrate feed device 100 are described below. Different combinations of individual configurations are possible. The substrate feed device 100 is preferably independent of other units 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 trained, as far as there are no contradictions. For example, stacks 104 are fed manually and/or by means of an automated system to the substrate feed device 100, in particular in the form of stacks 104 preferably arranged on carrier units 113. Such carrier units 113 are, for example, pallets 113. Stacks 104, which are or were fed to the substrate feed device 100 as such , are also referred to as feeder stacks 104, for example. The carrier units 113 or pallets 113 preferably have correspondingly oriented grooves, for example for engaging stack carriers, in particular in order to release sheets 02 and/or stacks 104 from the carrier units 113 or pallets 113.

The at least one substrate feed system 100 is preferably used to separate sheets 02 of a stack 104 or partial stack 106 and more preferably to separate one or more downstream units 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900 to feed. The at least one substrate feed device 100 has, for example, at least one pile turning device 101 or sheet turning device. Pile turning device 101 is preferably used to turn a stack 104 or partial stack 106 containing at least a plurality of sheets 02 as a whole. Turning the sheets 02 over is useful, for example, if two opposite main surfaces of the sheets 02 differ from one another and subsequent processing is to take place on one of these main surfaces. This is the case regardless of whether the sheets 02 are turned individually or whether the stack 104 is turned as a whole or whether partial stacks 106 are turned. This applies, for example, if the sheets 02 have already been processed before they are assembled into the stack 104 and/or if the sheets 02 have inherently distinguishable main surfaces. Such distinguishable main surfaces result, for example, from the production process of sheets of corrugated cardboard 02.

A stack holding area 102 is an area 102, in particular a spatial area 102, in which, at least during operation of the processing machine 01, the stack 104 that is divided up for the subsequent processing of its sheets 02 is arranged at least temporarily. The stack holding area 102 preferably includes the entire spatial area that is provided for arranging such a stack 104, in particular regardless of whether the stack 104 takes up less space than would be possible, for example because its sheets 02 have already been partially separated or are smaller than one have the maximum possible format. This stack 104 is preferably the feeder stack 104. The stack holding area 102 is therefore preferably the spatial area 102 which is provided at least during operation of the processing machine 01 for the arrangement of at least one stack 104 designed as a feeder stack 104 for its division. The at least one pile turning device 101 is arranged upstream of pile holding area 102, for example, with respect to an intended transport path for sheets 02. Stack 104 can then be turned as a whole before it is sent for further processing by processing machine 01 and, in particular, is divided up. Alternatively or additionally, at least one pile turning device 101 is arranged downstream of pile holding area 102 with respect to the intended transport path for sheets 02. The pile turning device 101 is then preferably designed as a partial pile turning device 101 . For example, a partial stack separator 103 is arranged, which is used, in particular, for an upper part separate stack 106 from stack 104 located in stack holding area 102. A partial stack 103 preferably has more than one sheet 02. The partial stack separator 103 is designed, for example, as a partial stack pushing device 103 and/or as a partial stack pulling device.

For example, a partial stack 106 comprising a plurality of sheets 02 is removed from stack 104 as follows. First, the stack 104 is brought to a height at which an uppermost sheet 02 of the stack 104 is at a removal height. A partial stack pushing device 103 is then moved towards stack 104, in particular in transport direction T, until it comes into contact with at least one sheet 02 of stack 104. This at least one sheet 02 becomes, for example, the bottommost sheet 02 of the partial pile 106. The partial pile pushing device 103 is then moved even further, thereby moving the at least one sheet 02 in contact with it and preferably the sheets 02 arranged above it. These moving sheets 02 are thus placed together preferably moved, in particular pushed, as a partial stack 106 in the transport direction T.

For example, this partial stack 106 is then first fed to the partial stack turning device 101 . The partial pile turning device 101 has, for example, at least one transport means 107, which is preferably embodied as at least one conveyor belt 107, more preferably at least two conveyor belts 107. The transport means 107 can preferably be pivoted at least partially about a pivot axis 108, which is more preferably oriented horizontally and/or orthogonally to the intended transport direction T and/or parallel to the transverse direction A. For example, the at least two conveyor belts 107 can be moved towards one another, in particular with respect to the vertical direction V. This allows the partial stack 106 to be held between the two conveyor belts 107, in particular clamped, and pivoted together with them about the pivot axis 108, in particular by essentially 180 °. At least one of the at least two conveyor belts 107 is preferably activated to move the partial stack 106 into the partial stack turning device 101 and/or to move the partial stack 106 out of the partial stack turning device 101. For example, these can each be operated in two directions in order to be able to start transporting the partial stack 107 independently of the current pivoting position of the transport means 107 .

Regardless of whether a pile turning device 101 or a partial pile turning device 101 is provided or not, the substrate feed device 100 preferably has at least one separating device 109 or sheet separating device 109. If necessary, several separating devices 109 are arranged, in particular spaced apart with respect to the transport direction T and/or one behind the other. For example, one separating device 109 is then used to at least partially separate sheets 02, and another separating device is used to subsequently separate sheets 02 completely Sheets 02 are arranged after the partial pile turning device 101 along the transport path provided. If no partial pile turning device 101 is provided, the partial pile 106 is preferably fed immediately to the separating device 109 or sheet separating device 109 after it has been produced. In particular, if no partial stack separator 103 is provided and/or no partial stacks 106 are being produced, separating device 109 or sheet separating device 109 preferably acts directly on a respective stack 104. For example, this stack 104 is the feeder stack 104, which is more preferably located in the stack holding area 102. The at least one separating device 109 is then embodied as a removal device 114, for example.

The at least one separating device 109 or sheet separating device 109 preferably at least partially separates the sheets 02 of the stack 104 or partial stack 106. The at least one separating device 109 or sheet separating device 109 separates the sheets 02 of the stack 104 or partial stack 106 from below in at least one embodiment and from above in at least one other embodiment.

In a first embodiment of a sheet separating device 109, sheets 02 of the stack 104 or partial stack 106 are partially or completely separated from below, for example by the stack 104 or partial stack 106 lying on at least one lower translation element 111, in particular a lower transport means 111, in particular continuously, for example in the transport direction T is being transported and runs at least partially against an obstacle 112 that only allows a lower region of the stack 104 or part of the stack 106 to pass, for example only one sheet 02 or two sheets 02 or a few sheets 02. As a result, at least the bottom sheet 02 by means of the at least one lower translational element 111, preferably continuously, in particular in transport direction T, while other sheets 02 are initially held back and only after at least the bottom sheet 02 has been transported away can drop from top to bottom until they themselves are in the position that they can get under the obstacle 112 through. The height of the obstacle 112 is preferably adapted to the thickness of the sheets 02 and/or to a desired type of separation. A weir 112 , for example, which is preferably designed as a plate 112 , is used as the height-adjustable obstacle 112 . If the sheets 02 are to be separated completely, the height below the obstacle is preferably greater than the thickness of the sheets 02 and less than twice the thickness of the sheets 02. If incomplete separation is sufficient, for example in the form of an imbricated flow of sheets 02, this is the case the height below the obstacle is preferably correspondingly greater than twice the thickness of sheets 02 and, for example, less than four times the thickness of sheets 02. For example, the entire stack 104 is separated or incompletely separated, i.e. shingled, particularly if no partial stack separator 103 is provided. Preferably, however, the stack 104 is successively divided into partial stacks 106 by means of the partial stack separator 103, which are then transported further, turned or not, and then separated or incompletely separated, ie shingled.

The lower translation element 111 is designed, for example, as a suction transport means 111, in particular as a suction belt 111 and/or suction box belt 111 and/or roller suction system 111. In this case, however, at least one relatively simple conveyor belt 111 that does not have a suction device is preferably used as the lower translation element 111 . The lower translational element 111 is preferably fed a respective partial pile 106 by the partial pile turning device 101, which is at least partially separated by means of the obstacle 112 and is converted into a stream of singled or shingled sheets 02 arranged on the at least one lower translational element 111. At this point, an exact position of the sheets 02 is preferably not yet necessary, since this exact position is preferably only produced in a subsequent treatment using at least one additional separating system 109 and/or using a feed system 300. The at least one system device 300 is part of the substrate supply device 100 or is embodied independently.

In a second embodiment of a sheet separating device 109, sheets 02 of the stack 104 or partial stack 106 or in particular a storage stack or feed stack are separated from below, for example by storing the stack 104 or partial stack 106 or storage stack or feed stack in a storage device 134 and at least one, in particular primary, one Accelerating means 136 is brought into contact with a bottom sheet 02 of stack 104 or partial stack 106 or the storage stack or feed stack at times that are preferably selected in a controlled and/or regulated manner and/or acts on this bottom sheet 02 in a controlled and/or regulated manner. In the foregoing and in the following, a storage stack designed as a feed stack is mentioned when the separation is described from below by means of this sheet separating device 109. This is independent of whether another, for example partial, separation from below or from above has already taken place beforehand or whether this stack has been pretreated differently or was introduced directly into storage device 134 as a whole when it was first fed into substrate feed device 100.

In an alternative or additional refinement, processing machine 01, preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that a respective section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and/or sheets 02, is defined by the at least one primary acceleration means 136 has a minimum radius of curvature of at least 2 meters and/or has a direction in the entire area of the respective primary acceleration means 136 that deviates from at least one horizontal direction and/or from the transport direction T by no more than 30°.

Processing machine 01, which is preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, and in particular substrate feed system 100, preferably has at least one storage unit 134 for at least one storage stack of sheets 02. Storage device 134 is preferably located downstream of stack holding area 102 with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02. For example, two memory stacks are provided, one of which is designed as a feed stack and one as a buffer stack. Sheets 02 originating from a first stack 104, which is embodied, for example, as a feeder stack 104, can preferably be fed to storage system 134 and in particular to the at least one storage stack, in particular from above, by means of substrate feed system 100. The at least one storage device 134 preferably has the at least one separating device 109, which acts from below and is designed to individually remove the bottom sheet 02 of a storage stack and in particular of a feed stack. This bottom sheet 02 in each case is preferably the bottom sheet 02 of a storage stack comprising a plurality of sheets 02. This at least one separating device 109 acting from below is therefore preferably configured to separate and/or be capable of separating a storage stack and in particular a feed stack from below.

Storage device 134 preferably has at least one front stop 137, which is preferably embodied as a front wall 137 and/or serves as a front mark 127. Alternatively or additionally, a separate front lay 127 is arranged. The front stop 137 preferably prevents an unwanted movement of sheets 02 in the transport direction T before they have become the bottom sheet 02 of the feed pile. Front stop 137 preferably prevents the at least one storage stack arranged in storage device 134, in particular the feed stack and/or the buffer stack, from tipping over or collapsing in any other way.

The storage device 134 preferably has at least one side stop 139, which is preferably embodied as a side wall 139. More preferably, lateral stops 139 are arranged on both sides of the storage device 134 with respect to the transverse direction A. Alternatively or additionally, at least one separate side mark 128 is arranged. The at least one side stop preferably prevents sheets 02 from moving unintentionally in and/or counter to the transverse direction A before they have become the bottom sheet 02 of the feed pile. The at least one side stop 139 preferably prevents the at least one storage stack arranged in storage device 134, in particular the feed stack and/or the buffer stack, from tipping over or collapsing in any other way. The storage device 134 preferably has at least one rear stop 141, which is preferably embodied as a rear wall 141. The at least one backstop 141 is located in front of the at least one storage pile with respect to transport direction T and preferably prevents unintentional movement of sheets 02 counter to transport direction T before they have become the bottom sheet 02 of the feed pile. Backstop 141 preferably prevents the at least one storage stack arranged in storage device 134, in particular the feed stack and/or the buffer stack, from tipping over or collapsing in any other way.

Separating system 109 preferably has at least one, in particular primary, acceleration means 136, in particular for accelerating the bottommost sheet 02 of the at least one storage pile or feed pile, more preferably in the transport direction T. The at least one primary acceleration means 136 is preferably arranged below the at least one storage pile. more preferably below the at least one attachment stack and even more preferably also further below the at least one buffer stack. The at least one primary acceleration means 136 is designed, for example, as at least one transport roller 136 and/or as at least one conveyor belt 136 and/or as at least one suction transport means 136, in particular suction belt 136 and/or suction box belt 136 and/or roller suction system 136 and/or suction gripper 136 and/or or suction roller 136 and/or preferably has at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 on. What is described above and below about suction transport means preferably applies accordingly. For example, a plurality of primary acceleration means 136 are arranged, in particular in the form of a plurality of transport rollers 136 and/or a plurality of conveyor belts 136; 718; 726 and/or a plurality of suction transport means 136. For example, a plurality of primary acceleration means 136 are arranged one behind the other with respect to the transport direction T. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one primary acceleration means 136 has at least two, more preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least seven transport surfaces 718 and in particular transport belts 718; 726 on. It is preferred that the at least two, preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least seven transport surfaces 718 and/or conveyor belts 718; 726 of the at least one primary acceleration means 136 can be driven by means of a common primary drive M101.

At least one spacer 144; 144.1; 144.2 arranged. The at least one spacer 144; 144.1; 144.2 is preferably used to be able to keep the at least one primary acceleration means 136 away from any sheet 02, at least temporarily and/or in a controlled and/or regulated manner. For example, one sheet 02 or several sheets 02 or a stack of sheets 02 rest at least temporarily on the at least one spacer 144; 144.1; 144.2 on. The at least one primary accelerator 136 and the at least one spacer 144; 144.1; 144.2 are preferably arranged to be movable relative to one another, at least with respect to the vertical direction V, in particular due to the vertical mobility of the at least one spacer 144; 144.1; 144.2 and/or through the vertical mobility of the at least one primary acceleration means 136. For example, the at least one spacer 144; 144.1; 144.2 is designed as at least one support surface provided with recesses for sheets 02 and/or the primary ren acceleration means 136 at least partially and/or at least temporarily through the recesses upwards. The sum of the respective bearing surface can be smaller than the total surface of the recesses.

In a holding position, the respective bottom sheet 02 of the feed stack lies on the spacer 144; 144.1; 144.2 without touching the primary acceleration means 136. If the at least one spacer 144; 144.1; 144.2 is lowered and/or the at least one primary acceleration means 136 is raised, the respective bottom sheet 02 of the feed stack comes into contact with the corresponding at least one primary acceleration means 136. This sheet 02 is moved forward in transport direction T by suitably driving the at least one primary acceleration means 136. The at least one primary acceleration means 136 preferably comes to a standstill at the moment when it comes into contact with the bottom sheet 02 of the feed pile and is then accelerated in order to accelerate this sheet 02 at the same time. It is preferable for the at least one primary acceleration means 136 itself to be accelerated at least temporarily, while a respective sheet 02 is being accelerated, in particular from a standstill, to the first speed v1. The at least one primary acceleration means 136 is preferably braked and in particular stopped, in particular after it has lost contact with this sheet 02.

Alternatively, in particular when primary acceleration means 136 is actuated accordingly, the at least one spacer 144 is omitted; 144.1; 144.2. Preferably, only the respective at least one primary acceleration means 136 that is in contact with the currently bottommost sheet 02 of the feed pile is driven. Primary acceleration means 136 that are not in contact with any sheet 02 or are already in contact with the next sheet 02 are then preferably stopped first. Primary acceleration means 136, which are already out of contact with the currently bottom sheet 02 in the feed pile, are preferably initially stopped and/or held or brought out of contact with the next sheet 02. For example, in the case of a suction transport means 136, sections of a suction device can be switched off in a targeted manner.

The at least one primary acceleration means 136 is preferably used, alone or more preferably in cooperation with at least one other, in particular secondary, acceleration means 119 to always accelerate precisely one sheet 02, which has preferably already been aligned with respect to the transport direction T and/or the transverse direction A. At least one secondary acceleration means 119 is preferably located downstream of the at least one primary acceleration means 136 along a transport path provided for transporting sheets 02. This acceleration occurs, for example, from a temporary standstill and/or to a processing speed and/or coating speed and/or printing speed at which at least one sheet 02 is processed at this point in time and/or at a later point in time by at least one additional unit 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 is transported and processed there, in particular by the at least one non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 is transported and is further preferably coated there. If necessary, this acceleration is carried out in combination with further, in particular secondary, acceleration means 119 . Using the at least one primary acceleration means 136 and/or the at least one secondary acceleration means 119, a respective sheet 02 can therefore be accelerated from a standstill and/or from a first speed v1 to a second speed v2, while at least one other sheet 02 is being processed at a processing speed at the same time and/or coating speed and/or printing speed by the at least one further unit 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, in particular non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 is transported and more preferably processed there, in particular coated and/or printed.

The first speed v1 is preferably a speed that differs from the processing speed and/or coating speed and/or printing speed. The second speed v2 is preferably equal to the processing speed and/or coating speed and/or printing speed provided for transporting the sheets through the at least one printing module and/or a punching speed provided for transporting the sheets through the at least one punching module. At least one outgoing transport means 119 of the substrate feed system 100 is preferably arranged downstream of the at least one primary acceleration means 136 with respect to the transport direction T. This is designed, for example, as at least one transport roller 119 or at least one pair of transport rollers 119 or as at least one suction transport means 119. For example, this at least one outgoing transport means 119 is also an acceleration means 119, in particular the at least one secondary acceleration 119. The at least one secondary acceleration means 119 is preferably embodied as a suction transport means 119 and/or the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 has at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 on. For example, the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 has at least two, preferably at least three, more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least seven transport surfaces 718 and in particular transport belts 718; 726 on. It is preferred that the at least two, preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least seven transport surfaces 718 and/or conveyor belts 718; 726 of the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 can be driven by means of a common secondary drive M102.

In an alternative or additional refinement, processing machine 01, preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that a respective section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, is defined by the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 has a minimum radius of curvature of at least 2 meters and/or has a direction in the entire area of the respective primary acceleration means 119 that deviates from at least one horizontal direction and/or from the transport direction T by no more than 30°.

The at least one front stop 137 and/or the at least one front lay 127 is preferably used to align the sheets 02 of the feed pile. For example, the at least one front stop 137 and/or the at least one front lay 127 is arranged at least temporarily in such a way that it influences at least the second sheet 02 from the bottom of the feed pile and/or is out of contact with the respective bottom sheet 02 of the feed pile. Alignment then takes place, for example, in that the sheet 02 lying on the bottom sheet 02 is pressed against the at least one front stop 137 and/or the at least one front lay 127 by the transport of the bottom sheet 02 and is aligned before it is itself aligned with the at least one in particular primary acceleration means 136 comes into contact, which then more preferably stands still. It is preferable for a surface of the at least one front stop 137 intended for contact with sheets 02 to be oriented opposite to transport direction T. At least one pressing element and/or deflecting element is provided, for example, which causes sheets 02 to rest against front stop 137 and/or front lay 127 and is designed, for example, as at least one brush. Sheets 02 therefore always come into contact with the at least one acceleration means 136 in a defined position and can be transported further by it in a precisely known position.

It is preferable for the at least one front stop 137 to be arranged such that its position relative to the vertical direction V can be changed. The height of the at least one front stop 137 and/or the at least one front lay 127 is preferably adjustable in order to adapt it to sheets 02 of different thicknesses. It is preferable for a passage gap, which is limited at least upwards by the at least one front stop 137, during processing operation of the sheet processing machine 02 to be greater than the thickness of each of the sheets 02 to be processed and smaller than twice the thickness of each of the sheets 02 to be processed. Alternatively or additionally, for example, the at least one front stop 137 and/or the at least one front lay 127 can be moved, in particular pivoted, in such a way that they only release the further intended transport path of the bottommost sheet 02 when it has contacted the at least one front stop 137 and /or this at least one front mark 127 was aligned. Sheet feeder unit 100 preferably has at least one front stop 137, which is arranged along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, between the at least one primary acceleration means 136 on the one hand and the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 on the other. For example, if the substrate feed system 100 has at least one front lay 127 and/or at least one front stop 137, the feed system 300 is preferably a component of the substrate feed system 100 and more preferably a component of the separating system 109.

Adaptation to different widths of sheets 02 to be processed is preferably possible. The width of a sheet 02 is to be understood in particular as its dimension in the transverse direction A. For example, sheet processing machine 01, which is preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is characterized in that sheet feeder module 100 has at least one suction belt 119; 136; 311 trained suction transport means 119; 136; 311 and this has at least one suction belt 119; 136; 311 at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 and more preferably at least one displacement means 158; 159 is arranged, by means of which at least one of the at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 is laterally displaceable in and/or counter to the transverse direction A. The at least one primary acceleration means 136 is preferably configured as a suction belt 119; 136; 311 is designed with these properties and/or is the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 a suction belt 119; 136; 311 formed with these properties. The at least one side stop and/or the at least one side guide 128 is preferably provided by the fact that the side stops 139, in particular side walls 139, can be moved with respect to the transverse direction A and can be arranged, in particular, adapted to the width of the sheets 02. As a result, the sheets 02 can slide along the side walls 139 during their movement, which is caused by the removal of the bottom sheet 02 in each case and is preferably directed downwards, and can be brought into an aligned position and/or held in this position. Areas of acceleration means 119; 136 and/or conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726, which are outside the width of the sheets 02 currently being processed, can be covered by means of at least one protective cover. This at least one protective cover is designed, for example, as at least one telescopic sheet. Alternatively, at least one active movement of the sheets 02, in particular a movement driven by a drive, against at least one lateral stop 139 is provided, for example when a sheet 02 is essentially and/or at least stationary with respect to the transport direction T. Lateral alignment takes place, for example, before and/or during and /or after the sheets 02 have been accelerated with respect to the transport direction T. As an alternative or in addition to mechanical front stops 137 and/or side stops 139, corresponding position sensors are provided, which use a correspondingly precise drive to move and/or stop the respective sheet 02 in the respective direction and /or move superimposed during its transport movement to align it.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that the sheet-fed processing machine 01 has at least two modules 100; 600 trained aggregates 100; 600 and that more preferably the at least two modules 100; 600 each have at least one dedicated drive M100; M101; M102; M103; M600; M601 and that at least one of the at least two modules 100 is a sheet feeder module 100 embodied as a substrate feed device 100 and that the substrate feed device 100 has at least one primary acceleration means 136 with a primary drive M101; M103 of substrate feed system 100 and at least one secondary acceleration means 119 with a secondary drive M102 of substrate feed system 100, located downstream of the at least one primary acceleration means 136 along a transport path provided for transporting sheets 02 in transport direction T, and that at least one further module 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 at least one of the primary drive M 101; M103 of the substrate feed device 100 and the secondary drive M 102 of the substrate feed device 100 of various other drives M200; M300; M400; M500; M550; M600; M700; M800; M900; M1000 is assigned for transporting sheet 02. The primary drive M101; M103 and the secondary drive M102 and the at least one further drive M200; M300; M400; M500; M550; M600; M700; M800; M900; M1000 each as a position-controlled electric motor M100; M200; M300; M400; M500; M550; M600; M700; M800; M900; M1000 trained. Further preferred is a drive control of the primary drive M101; M103 differs from a drive control of the secondary drive M102 and is a drive control of the at least one further drive M600 from the drive control of the primary drive M101; M103 and different from the drive control of the secondary drive M102. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that the drive control of the primary drive M101; M103 and the drive control of the secondary drive M102 are connected in terms of circuitry to a machine controller of the sheet processing machine 01, and more preferably that the drive control of the primary drive M101; M103 and the drive control of the secondary drive M102 and the drive control of the at least one additional drive M600 are connected to the machine control of the sheet processing machine 01 by means of circuitry.

The at least one additional module 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 is preferred as coating module 400; 600; 800 and/or printing module 600 and/or as a non-impact coating module 400; 600; 800 and/or non-impact printing module 600 and/or preferably has at least one print head 416; 616; 816 and/or inkjet printhead 416; 616; 816 on.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that at least one sheet sensor 164 of the substrate feed system 100 for detecting a respective leading edge and/or a respective trailing edge of each sheet 02 aligned with the intended transport path. In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine 01, preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least one sheet sensor 164, relative to the transport direction T, is located after the at least one primary acceleration means 136 and/or after the at least one front stop 137 and/or is arranged in front of the at least one secondary acceleration means 119. Alternatively or additionally, the processing machine 01 preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that the at least one sheet sensor 164 is located in the area of the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 and/or downstream of the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 with respect to the transport direction T.

In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine 01 preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 is embodied as a suction transport means 119 and is located exclusively below the substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02 is arranged in the transport path provided and/or that the at least one primary acceleration means 136 is embodied as a suction transport means 136 and is arranged exclusively below the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, and/or that the at least one primary acceleration means 136 is arranged below a storage area 134 provided for storing a stack of sheets 02 and/or that the at least one primary acceleration means 136 is arranged to be movable at least in a vertical direction V, in particular as a whole, by means of at least one drive M104 designated as a vertical drive M104, in particular relative to the primary engine M 101; M103. This vertical drive M 104 is preferably designed as a motor M 104, in particular an electric motor M104 and more preferably a position-controlled electric motor M104 and/or a drive controller for this vertical drive M104 is connected directly or indirectly to the machine control and/or via the BUS system to the machine control and/or connected to other drive controls, for example that of the drive of the primary acceleration means 136 and/or that of the drive of the secondary acceleration means 119 and/or that of the own drive of the processing module 400; 600; 800; 900

Adaptation to different lengths of sheets 02 to be processed is preferably possible. The length of a sheet 02 is to be understood in particular as its dimension in the transport direction T and/or its horizontal dimension oriented orthogonally to the transverse direction A. The adjustment is preferably made in that the at least one front stop 137 and/or more preferably the at least one rear stop 141 can be and/or is moved with respect to the transport direction T and can be and/or is arranged to be adapted to the length of the sheets 02 in particular. A change in the position of backstop 141, for example in relation to transport direction T, results in a different position of the start of storage device 134. In particular, to compensate for this, a transport means 111 arranged in front of storage device 134 with respect to transport direction T is preferred in its relation to transport direction T effective length adjustable. For this purpose, this means of transport 111 has, for example, a first number of transport elements or conveyor belts that cannot be changed with respect to their effective range. These are designed, for example, as conveyor belts. This means of transport 111 preferably also has, for example, a second number of transport elements that can be changed with respect to their effective range. These are designed, for example, as transport elements and/or transport belts that can be displaced overall at least with respect to the transport direction T. A corresponding displacement of the displaceable transport elements in and/or counter to the transport direction T results in a changed effective length of the totality of transport elements that are fixed with respect to their effective range and transport elements that are variable with respect to their effective range.

Alternatively or additionally, the substrate feed device 100 is characterized in that the substrate feed device 100 has at least one transport means 119 which is arranged after the storage device 134 with respect to the transport direction T and whose effective length with respect to the transport direction T is variable.

The at least one buffer stack is used in particular to ensure a continuous supply of sheets 02. In particular, sheets of corrugated cardboard 02 are relatively thick, i.e. have dimensions in the vertical direction V. As a result, stacks 104 of sheets of corrugated cardboard 02 are processed particularly quickly by being separated. For an uninterrupted supply of sheets 02 to the processing machine 01, buffering of sheets 02 that can be at least partially processed while the feeder stack is advantageous 104 is exchanged or renewed. For this purpose, sheets 02 are preferably conveyed from the feeder pile 104 to the buffer pile at least in part more quickly than these later and/or other sheets 02 at the same time in processing machine 01 and in particular in its coating unit 400; 600; 800 are funded and / or coated. The buffer pile then decreases during the renewal of the feeder pile 104 and is then replenished, while sheets 02 are removed from it, in particular by means of the at least one dosing element, preferably at a uniform rate, particularly from below, and fed to the feeder pile. The at least one transport means 111, which is arranged upstream of storage device 134 and in particular downstream of feeder pile 104 and/or downstream of a main pile carrier provided for feeder pile 104 with respect to transport direction T, can preferably be operated at a particular point in time at a speed that is different and more preferably at least temporarily higher is defined as a coating speed or printing speed at which sheets 02 are being passed through the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 to be transported. A drive M100 of the substrate feed device 100 assigned to this transport means 111 is preferably independent of a coating unit 400; 600; 800 assigned drive M400; M600; M800 operable.

Sheets 02 are preferably fed to storage device 134 from above. More preferably, these sheets 02 are fed to storage device 134 individually or at least partially individually. Sheets 02 are preferably fed to storage device 134 by first being removed from a feeder stack 104. For this purpose, the sheets 02 are completely or partially separated.

This separation before feeding into storage device 134 takes place, for example, as already described, from below, in particular by means of a lower transport means 111, on which lying sheets 02 as a stack 104 or preferably as a partial stack 106 run at least partially against the obstacle 112 and thereby depending on the setting of the obstacle 112 isolated or incompletely isolated, that is scaled. For example, this results in overlapping, in which case a respective subsequent sheet 02 is partially arranged on a respective preceding sheet 02. Sheets 02 are then conveyed by transport means 111 until they enter storage device 134 at its end. This is preferably done by the sheets 02 falling into a chute of storage device 134. This shaft is formed, for example, by the at least one front stop 137 and/or the at least one rear stop 141 and/or the at least one side stop. At least one pressure roller 146 and/or pressure roller 146 is preferably provided, which presses sheets 02 against the transport means 111 that is arranged immediately upstream of the chute. As a result, the sheets 02 can be fed to the chute in a controlled manner. The shaft preferably has a cross-sectional area that decreases downwards. As a result, even as the sheets 02 are being lowered, the sheets 02 can be aligned, in particular in relation to the transport direction T and/or in relation to the transverse direction A. The lowering sheets 02 then become the topmost sheet 02 of the subsequent storage pile, which is preferably the topmost sheet 02 buffer stack is.

An alternative, at least partial separation of the sheets 02 of the stack 104 configured in particular as a feeder stack 104 or of a partial stack 106 from above is preferably carried out by a main part of the stack 104 remaining at least substantially unchanged with respect to the transport direction T each time a sheet 02 is removed, and only if necessary continuously or is gradually raised. The main part of stack 104 preferably consists of all sheets 02 of stack 104 that have not yet been removed. Substrate feed system 100 preferably has at least one removal system 114 that acts and/or is capable of acting from above on sheets 02 of stack 104. The at least one removal device 114 can preferably be used to individually detect and/or transport the top sheet 02 of the stack 104 individually. The at least one removal device 114 has, for example, at least one handling element 116, preferably embodied as a lifting element 116 and/or holding element 116, which is preferably embodied as at least one lifting suction cup 116 and/or as at least one separating suction cup 116 and/or as at least one transport suction cup 116. The at least one lifting element 116 can preferably be moved with at least one component, in particular upwards in the vertical direction V and downwards counter to the vertical direction V. At least one blowing device (not shown) is preferably arranged, in particular in front of the removal device 114 with respect to the transport direction T. This is used, for example, to facilitate the separation of the uppermost sheet 02 from the sheet 02 below. The removal device 114 also preferably has at least one upper translation element 117. The at least one upper translational element 117 is preferably used to move sheets 02 at least in the intended transport direction T, for example up to a further, in particular outgoing, transport means 119 of the substrate feed system 100 or up to a further unit 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or up to a means of transport 111, which leads to the storage device 134. The additional transport means 119 of the substrate feed system 100 preferably ensures further transport of the sheets 02, in particular in the transport direction T and/or up to an outlet 121 of the substrate feed system 100.

For example, the at least one handling element 116, in particular lifting element 116 and/or holding element 116, is arranged on the at least one upper translation element 117 and can be moved together with it, in particular in and counter to the vertical direction V and/or in and counter to the transport direction T. The removal device 114 is then constructed like a known sheet separator 114 in this respect, for example. Using such a sheet separator 114, an uppermost sheet 02 is grasped, in particular sucked, then preferably at least slightly lifted and at least also moved in the intended transport direction T until it reaches the area of influence of another device, which continues its transport. Such a sheet separator 114 is characterized, for example, in that its upper translational element 117 performs an oscillating movement and/or moves at least and preferably exactly once per sheet 02 in transport direction T and then reverses and moves at least and preferably exactly once per sheet 02 in the opposite direction Transport direction T moves.

Alternatively, the at least one upper translation element 117 can be operated and/or moved separately from the at least one handling element 116, in particular lifting element 116 and/or holding element 116. For example, the at least one upper translational element 117 is embodied as a transport means 117, in particular a suction transport means 117, and preferably as a suction belt 117 and/or suction box belt 117 and/or roller suction system 117, the suction openings 722 or suction openings 724 of which preferably point at least also or only downwards and/or whose Suction is preferably directed at least or only upwards. The removal device 114 is then preferably characterized in that the upper translation element 117 executes a circumferential movement. The at least one lifting element 116 can then preferably be moved upwards far enough for a sheet 02 held by it to come into contact with the at least one upper translational element 117 or at least come so far into its sphere of influence that when the at least one lifting element 116 is subsequently deactivated sheet can be held by the at least one upper translational element 117. For example, the at least one lifting element 116 can be moved upwards to such an extent that each area of the at least one lifting element 116 provided as the contact area of the at least one lifting element 116 with sheet 02 is as high as or higher than each area of contact of the at least one upper translational element 117 with the Sheet 02 provided area of the at least one upper translational element 117 is arranged. This area provided as the contact area is, for example, the transport surface 718 or counter-pressure surface 718 of the upper translational element 117.

In one embodiment, the at least one lifting element 116 can be moved upwards far enough for a sheet 02 held by it to come into contact with the at least one upper translational element 117, in particular with its transport surface 718 or counter-pressure surface 718, and with the at least one upper translational element 117 can be transported at least in the transport direction T, while the at least one lifting element 116 also at least ensures that the sheet 02 is pulled against the at least one upper transport element 117. The at least one lifting element 116 then acts, for example, at least in its raised position as part of the at least one upper translational element 117, more preferably without being movable itself in the transport direction T. In particular, this is preferably the case if the at least one upper translational element 117 is embodied as a roller suction system 117. Alternatively, this is also the case if the at least one upper translational element 117 is embodied as a suction belt 117 and/or as a suction box belt 117.

Depending on the mode of operation, a stream of completely separated sheets 02 or a stream of sheets 02 stacked on top of one another can be generated. This depends, for example, on a ratio of an average transport speed of sheets 02 in transport direction T to a frequency with which sheets 02 are removed from stack 104.

Regardless of other configurations of the at least one substrate feed system 100, it preferably has at least one outgoing transport means 119, which is more preferably configured as a suction transport means 119 and/or as at least one transport roller 119 or at least one pair of transport rollers 119 forming a transport gap and/or as at least one Transport gap forming pair of conveyor belts 119 is formed. Outgoing transport means 119 is used, for example, to remove substrate 02 to be processed, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, from substrate feed system 100, in particular to an outlet 121 of substrate feed system 100. For example, at at least one pressure roller 122 and/or pressure roller 122 that interacts in particular with the outgoing transport means 119.

The substrate feed system 100 preferably has at least one dedicated drive M100 or motor M100, in particular electric motor M100 or position-controlled electric motor M100, which more preferably has at least one transport means 111; 117; 119 of the substrate feed device 100 is arranged to be driving and/or capable of being driven. In particular, if at least one acceleration means 119; 136 is arranged, the substrate feed device 100 preferably has at least one first further drive M101; M103 or M101 engine; M103, in particular electric motor M101; M103 or position-controlled electric motor M101; M103, which more preferably has at least one acceleration means 119; 136 of the substrate feed device 100 is arranged to be driving and/or capable of being driven. The at least one first additional drive M101; M103 also becomes primary engine M 101; M 103 or primary accelerator M101; M103 of the substrate feeder 100 called. For example, substrate feed system 100 preferably has at least a second additional drive M102 or motor M102, in particular electric motor M102 or position-controlled electric motor M102, which more preferably has at least one outgoing transport means 119 and/or at least one downstream of the at least one, in particular primary, acceleration means 136 on sheets 02 acting and/or capable of acting transport means 119 or secondary acceleration means 119 of the substrate supply device 100 is arranged to drive and/or capable of driving. At least the first further drive M101 is preferred; M103 and/or at least the second further drive M102 independently of further drives M100; M101; M102; M103 of the substrate feeder can be driven.

The substrate feed system 100, preferably embodied as unit 100 and/or as a module 100, is preferably additionally or alternatively characterized in that the section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, defined by substrate feed system 100 an initial height of the substrate feeder 100 ends. This section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, and preferably the entire transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, preferably begins with the separation of sheets 02. The starting height of the substrate feed device 100 preferably deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm.

In an alternative or additional development, the sheet-fed processing machine 01, preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that it has at least one unit 100; 300, which has at least one suction belt 119; 136; 311 trained suction transport means 119; 136; 311 for transporting sheets 02 in a transport direction T. Alternatively or additionally, this has at least one suction belt 119; 136; 311 at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726, wherein at least one displacement means 158; 159 is arranged, by means of which at least one of the at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 is laterally displaceable in and/or counter to the transverse direction A, in particular adjustably laterally displaceable and/or relative to at least one, in particular stationary frame 162 of this at least one unit 100; 300. The at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 are therefore preferably arranged offset not only with respect to the transverse direction A, but also from one of these at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 starting in and/or opposite to the transverse direction A, at least one other of the at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 arranged.

Due to the displaceability of at least one conveyor belt 119; 136; 718; 726 enables adjustment to a width and/or a position of sheets 02 to be processed. If several conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 arranged side by side, depending on the width of the sheets 02 and the position of the conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 different situations. Ideally, the ends of the sheets 02 relative to the transverse direction A are each on a conveyor belt 119; 136; 718; 726 on. However, since, for example, with respect to the transverse direction A between conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 in each case gaps and in particular suction openings 722 are arranged, there are various dangers. On the one hand, one end of a respective sheet 02 in transverse direction A can lie above a suction opening 722, for example, and can then be drawn at least partially into the suction opening 722 by the vacuum. This would possibly result in the respective sheet 02 being bent, which in turn could lead to problems and/or inaccuracies during transport and/or further processing of the sheets 02. There is also the risk that a sheet 02, the end of which in relation to the transverse direction A, is only to a very small extent on a conveyor belt 119; 136; 718; 726 lies, for example two millimeters or less, is drawn with this end into a suction opening 722, thereby laterally in contact with the conveyor belt 119; 136; 718; 726 device and is thereby displaced with respect to the transverse direction A.

Due to the displaceability of at least one conveyor belt 119; 136; 718; 726, such situations can be avoided or at least mitigated, for example by having at least one conveyor belt 119; 136; 718; 726 or preferably several or more preferably all conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 in relation to the transverse direction A, thereby creating advantageous conditions in the area of the ends of the sheets 02 in relation to the transverse direction A. In this way, sheets 02 of different widths can each be handled in an optimized manner. In particular, the conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 then at least temporarily asymmetrically relative to a center of the respective unit 100; 300 are arranged so that the sheets 02 are transported in the middle, regardless of their width. An adjustment of the position of the at least one conveyor belt 119; 136; 718; 726 preferably takes place before the start of a processing operation and, for example, once per processing order or only when processing sheets 02 whose width differs from the width of previously processed sheets 02. (In 25a and 25b is an example of a set of conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 shown in different positions.)

In an alternative or additional development, the sheet-fed processing machine 01, preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least one unit 100; 300 has at least one side stop 139, which is fixed in particular during operation of sheet processing machine 01, and/or at least one side guide 128, which is fixed in particular during operation of sheet processing machine 01, for aligning sheets 02 with respect to transverse direction A. This at least one side stop 139 and/or this at least one side guide 128 can preferably be adjusted in terms of its position in relation to transverse direction A and/or is preferably used to align sheets 02 in relation to transverse direction A. It is therefore particularly preferred stationary during operation of the sheet processing machine 01. The at least one side stop 139, which is fixed in particular during operation of the sheet processing machine 01, for aligning sheets 02 with respect to the transverse direction A is preferably independent of the position of the at least three conveyor belts 119 with respect to the transverse direction A; 136; 718; 726 and/or is the position of the at least one side guide 128, which is stationary in particular during operation of the sheet processing machine 01, for aligning sheets 02 with respect to the transverse direction A in relation to the transverse direction A, independently of the position of the at least three conveyor belts in relation to the transverse direction A 119; 136; 718; 726 adjustable. For example, the at least one unit 100; 300 has at least two side stops 139 designed as described and/or at least two side guides 128 designed as described for aligning sheets 02 with respect to transverse direction A. In particular, the at least one side stop 139 and/or the at least one side stop 128 are preferably positioned relative to a frame 162 of the at least one unit 100; 300 arranged to be movable and/or adjustable, which is more preferably arranged in a stationary manner. The at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 are preferably arranged at least partially in the transverse direction A next to the at least one side stop 139 and/or the at least one side mark 128. The at least one unit 100; 300 is preferably configured as at least one sheet feeder unit 100 and/or as at least one feed unit 300. Alternatively, the at least one unit 100; 300 as a conditioning unit 200; 550 and/or as a coating unit 400; 600; 800 and/or as a transport unit 700 and/or as a shaping device 900 and/or as a substrate delivery device 1000.

In an alternative or additional development, the sheet-fed processing machine 01, preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least one unit 100; 300 has at least one front stop 137 for sheets 02, which is preferably less than the maximum length of sheets 02 to be processed by the at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 remotely located. The at least one front stop is more preferably at least one stationary and/or height-adjustable front stop 137 for sheets 02 during operation of sheet processing machine 01. The at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 is arranged at least partially in front of the at least one front stop 137 in relation to the transport direction T.

In an alternative or additional development, the sheet-fed processing machine 01, preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, and/or the substrate feed system 100 is preferably characterized in that the at least one unit 100; 300 moves at least one with respect to the transverse direction A bare transport assembly 136; 161; 163; 718; 726 and that this has at least one transport assembly 136; 161; 163; 718; 726 at least one of the at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 and at least two of this at least one of the at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 has associated deflection means 163 and at least one support frame 161, which are preferably arranged to be movable together with respect to the transverse direction A and that these at least one transport assembly 136; 161; 163; 718; 726 by means of the at least one displacement means 158; 159 is arranged to be displaceable in and/or counter to the transverse direction A. More preferably, this transport assembly 136; 161; 163; 718; 726 several and even more preferably all conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 of the at least one suction belt 119; 136; 311 of this unit 100; 300 on. The at least one displacement means 158 preferably has at least one manual drive 159 and/or at least one electric drive 159 and/or at least one pneumatic drive 159 and/or at least one hydraulic drive 159. At least one hand wheel is provided as a manual drive 159 , for example.

In an alternative or additional development, the sheet-fed processing machine 01, which is preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 are arranged unchangeably relative to each other in their position in relation to the transverse direction A and/or have a constant spacing. In an alternative or additional development, the sheet-fed processing machine 01, which is preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that the transport assembly 136; 161; 163; 718; 726 at least one motor M101; M102 for driving the at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 with respect to the transport direction T and/or that the transport assembly 136; 161; 163; 718; 726 at least one motor M101; M102 for driving the at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 of the at least one first suction belt 119; 136; 311 with respect to the transport direction T and at least one further motor M101; M102 for driving the at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 of the at least one additional one behind the first suction belt 119; 136; 311 arranged suction belt 119; 136; 311 with respect to the transport direction T and/or that the transport assembly 136; 161; 163; 718; 726 at least one vacuum chamber 719 of at least one conveyor belt 119; 136; 718; 726 has. All components of the respective at least one suction belt 119; 136; 311 of this aggregate 100; 300 part of the transport assembly 136; 161; 163; 718; 726 and/or together with respect to the transverse direction A displaceable. As described, transverse direction A is a horizontal direction A and/or orthogonal to the intended transport direction T of sheets 02 through the at least one unit 100; 300 and preferably by the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 oriented.

In an alternative or additional development, the sheet-fed processing machine 01, preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least one unit 100; 300 at least two as suction belts 119; 136; 311 formed suction transport means 119; 136; 311 for transporting sheets 02 in a transport direction T, which are arranged one behind the other with respect to transport direction T and which, for example, act as first suction belt 119; 136; 311 and as a further suction belt 119; 136; 311 can be designated. In an alternative or additional development, the sheet-fed processing machine 01, which is preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that it has at least two suction belts 119; 136; 311 in each case at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 have. The respective at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 are therefore preferably arranged offset not only with respect to the transverse direction A, but also from one of these at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 starting in and/or opposite to the transverse direction A, at least one other of the at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 arranged. This enables sheets 02 to be accelerated in several stages on particularly secure suction belts 119; 136; 311 each with several adjustable conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 enabled. In an alternative or additional development, the sheet-fed processing machine 01, which is preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that at least one, in particular, respective displacement means 158; 159, by means of which at least one of the at least three at least one of these suction belts 119; 136; 311 associated conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 is adjustably laterally displaceable in and/or counter to the transverse direction A, in particular adjustably laterally displaceable. These at least two suction belts 119; 136; 311 can preferably be operated and/or accelerated independently of one another with regard to transport movements in the transport direction T.

In an alternative or additional development, the sheet-fed processing machine 01, which is preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that from the set of at least one suction belt 119; 136; 311 at least one, for example the at least one first suction belt 119; 136; 311, as the primary acceleration means 136 of the separating device 109 of the at least one unit 100; 300 and/or that at least one, more preferably at least one other or further suction belt 119; 136; 311 from the set of at least one suction belt 119; 136; 311 as secondary acceleration means 119 of a separating device 109 of the at least one unit 100; 300 is trained.

In an alternative or additional development, the at least one substrate feed system 100 is preferably characterized in that at least one primary acceleration means 136 is arranged below a storage area 134 of the substrate feed system 100 that is provided for storing a stack of sheets 02 of a substrate 02 and/or that more preferably at least two and even more preferably at least four and/or at least six primary acceleration means 136 are arranged next to one another with respect to a transverse direction A and below a storage area 134 of the substrate feed system 100 provided for storing a stack of sheets 02 of a substrate 02. The at least one substrate feed system 100 is preferably alternatively or additionally characterized in that the substrate feed system 100 has at least one, in particular stationary frame 162 and at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 has. The at least one primary acceleration means 136 is preferably at least partially and more preferably completely from the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 worn arranged. The at least two primary acceleration means 136 are preferably at least partially and more preferably completely from the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 worn arranged. The at least one primary acceleration means 136 is preferably at least partially and more preferably completely together with the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 with respect to the vertical direction V movably arranged. The at least two primary acceleration means 136 are preferably at least partially and more preferably completely from the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 worn arranged. The at least two primary acceleration means 136 are preferably at least partially and more preferably completely at the same time together with one another and with the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 with respect to the vertical direction V movably arranged.

If a support frame 161 that is movable with respect to the transverse direction A is arranged, then the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 are preferably arranged such that they can be moved together with the at least one support frame 161 with respect to the transverse direction A and/or are arranged such that they can be moved with respect to the vertical direction V relative to the at least one support frame 161. The at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 has, for example, at least two side plates 173 and at least one, more preferably at least two, lifting traverses 174, which more preferably extend between the side plates 173.

By means of the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174, a displacement movement of at least one transport surface 718 of the at least one primary acceleration means 136 can preferably be effected, the direction of movement of which has at least one vertical component and more preferably runs exclusively vertically. As a result of this displacement movement, this at least one transport surface 718 can preferably be moved at least between an upper end position and a lower end position and/or is moved accordingly. When the respective primary acceleration means 136 is arranged in the upper end position, its at least one transport surface 718 is preferably arranged at least partially and preferably completely above at least one bearing surface of the at least one spacer 144, which is used in particular to deposit sheets 02. When the respective primary acceleration means 136 is arranged in the lower end position, its at least one transport surface 718 is preferably arranged completely below the at least one support surface of the at least one spacer 144, which is used in particular to deposit sheets 02.

At least one conveyor belt 136 is arranged as the at least one acceleration means 136, for example. At least two primary acceleration means 136 are preferably arranged and/or a plurality of such conveyor belts 136 are arranged next to one another with respect to the transverse direction A. For example, at least one cover plate 193 provided with suction openings 722 is arranged, more preferably between at least two primary acceleration means 136. The at least one cover plate 193 is in particular a cover plate 193 of at least one corresponding vacuum chamber 719. The at least one cover plate is preferably located together with the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173; 174 movably arranged. Due to the negative pressure, sheets 02 are then pulled against the cover plate 193 and/or against the conveyor belts 136 and can be accelerated. Assemblies are preferably arranged, which more preferably each have at least one holding frame 194 and/or at least one vacuum chamber 719 and/or at least one cover plate 193 and/or at least one and more preferably at least two and even more preferably at least four deflection means 163 and/or at least one shaft section 171 and/or at least one sliding guide 188 and/or at least one compensating cam 189 and/or at least one and more preferably at least two conveyor belts 136 each. These assemblies are preferably each on the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 attached and/or together with the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 movably arranged and/or at least partially as part of the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 trained. These assemblies are preferably connected to one another in that their shaft sections 171 are connected, in particular via at least partially openable couplings 172, to form a common shaft 169 in particular.

In an alternative or additional development, the at least one substrate feed system 100 is preferably characterized in that the at least vertical movement path that can be effected by means of the at least one vertical drive M104 is designed as a linear movement path and/or that the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 is mounted on the frame 162 and/or the support frame 161 of the frame 162 by means of at least one linear bearing 168 embodied, for example, as a linear ball bearing 168 and/or as a linear plain bearing 168. In an alternative or additional development, the at least one substrate feed system 100 is preferably characterized in that the at least vertical drive M104 is connected to the at least one lifting frame 166 via at least one drive eccentric 181 and more preferably also via at least one rocker 182, which is in particular operatively connected to drive eccentric 181 ; 173; 174 is coupled. The at least one substrate feed device 100 is preferably characterized in that the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 is supported opposite at least one component 184 that can be driven by the vertical drive M104, in particular via at least one lifting application point 183 and more preferably via at least two lifting application points 183. This component 184, which can be driven by the vertical drive M104, is preferably embodied as a vertical drive shaft 184. For example, two drive eccentrics 181 are arranged at different points on the vertical drive shaft 184 with respect to the transverse direction A and are each connected to a rocker arm 182, which is connected to the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 are preferably connected indirectly, in particular via the respective height adjustment eccentric 176. The at least one drive eccentric 181 is used for a lifting movement for each sheet 02. It is therefore advantageous to provide a drive M104 at this point.

In an alternative or additional development, the at least one substrate feed device 100 is preferably characterized in that at least one height adjustment means 167; 176; 177; 178; 179, by means of which at least one upper end position of the at least vertical movement path of the at least one primary acceleration means 136, which can be effected by means of the at least one vertical drive M104, can be set and/or continuously adjusted independently of the at least one vertical drive M104 as one of at least three different end positions. By means of the at least one height adjustment means 167; 176; 177; 178; 179 is preferably a relative altitude between the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 on the one hand and the at least one vertical drive shaft 184 and/or the at least one rocker 182 on the other hand, in particular independently of the position of the at least one vertical drive M104. The at least one height adjustment means 167; 176; 177; 178; 179 is, for example, a height adjustment means 167; 176; 177; 178; 179 trained. Since such a setting is not made individually for each sheet 02, but preferably only once when there is a change in the thickness of the sheets 02, a manually operable height adjustment means 167; 176; 177; 178; 179 sufficient. The substrate feed device is preferably characterized in that the at least one height adjustment means 167; 176; 177; 178; 179 at least the upper end position of the at least vertical movement path of the at least one primary acceleration means 136, which can be effected by means of the at least one vertical drive M104, can be adjusted while maintaining the shape of the at least vertical movement path independently of the at least one vertical drive M104 and/or that by means of the at least one height adjustment means 167; 176; 177; 178; 179, at least one lower end position of the at least vertical movement path of the at least one primary acceleration means 136, which can be effected by means of the at least one vertical drive M104, can also be set and/or continuously adjusted independently of the at least one vertical drive M104 as one of at least three different end positions. When the at least one height adjustment means 167; 176; 177; 178; 179, the M104 vertical drive can be operated without reversing direction and can therefore run at high speeds. The end positions can be set independently of the M104 vertical drive.

The at least one height adjustment means 167; 176; 177; 178; 179 has, for example, at least one height adjustment cam 176 and/or at least one height adjustment shaft 177 and/or at least one height adjustment lever 178 and/or at least one deflection means 179. The at least one deflection means 179 has, for example, at least one thread and at least one strut interacting therewith. A rotation of the strut then preferably causes a translation of the strut through the thread. The strut preferably acts on the height adjustment lever 178 and its translation causes the height adjustment lever 178 to pivot. As a result, the height adjustment shaft 177 is preferably pivoted and, via the at least one and preferably the at least two height adjustment eccentrics 176, the at least one lifting frame is positioned relative to the vertical direction V 166 on the one hand and the vertical drive shaft 184 and the at least one drive eccentric 181 on the other. Two height adjustment cams 176 are preferably arranged, in particular at opposite ends of height adjustment shaft 177. Alternatively or additionally, substrate feed device 100 is preferably characterized in that the at least one height adjustment means 167; 176; 177; 178; 179 has at least one height adjustment cam 176, by means of which a position of at least one lifting application point 183 relative to the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 can be adjusted and/or that the movements caused by the vertical drive M104 act on the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 can be transferred, the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 is arranged supported via the at least one lifting application point 183 with respect to at least one component 184 that can be driven by the vertical drive M104. This component 184 is preferably designed as the vertical drive shaft 184 .

In an alternative or additional development, the at least one substrate feed system 100 is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means 136 is embodied as a conveyor belt 136 and/or as a suction conveyor 136 and/or as a suction belt 136 and/or that by means of the at least one vertical drive M104 all components of a transport surface 718 of the at least one primary acceleration means 136 can be moved together with respect to the vertical direction V. In an alternative or additional development, the at least one substrate feed system 100 is preferably characterized in that a plurality of primary acceleration means 136 are arranged next to one another with respect to a transverse direction A and at the same time are connected to one another and to the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 are arranged to be movable relative to the at least one frame 162 at least with respect to a vertical direction V by means of the vertical drive M104.

In an alternative or additional refinement, the at least one substrate feed system 100 is preferably characterized in that the at least two primary acceleration means 136 are each assigned at least one individual height compensation means 186 for individually adjusting a relative position of the respective transport surface 718 of the respective transport surface, in particular at least in relation to the vertical direction V primary acceleration means 136 on the one hand and the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 on the other hand. This applies in particular regardless of the relative position, preferably at least in relation to the vertical direction V, of the respective transport surfaces 718 of other of the at least two primary acceleration means 136 on the one hand and of the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 on the other hand. The result is then preferably a substrate feed system 100, in which at least two primary acceleration means 136 are arranged next to one another with respect to a transverse direction A and below a storage area 134 of the substrate feed system 100 that is provided for storing a stack of sheets 02 of a substrate 02, and in which the substrate feed system 100 has at least one, in particular stationary Frame 162 and at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 and wherein the at least two primary acceleration means 136 are preferably at least partially and more preferably completely supported by the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 and preferably at least partially and more preferably completely at the same time together and with the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 are arranged so as to be movable with respect to the vertical direction V, and with the at least two primary acceleration means 136 each having at least one individual height compensation means 186 for individual adjustment of a relative position, in particular at least with respect to the vertical direction V, of the respective transport surface 718 of the respective primary acceleration means 136 on the one hand and of the at least a lift frame 166; 173; 174 on the other hand, in particular independently of the relative position, preferably at least in relation to the vertical direction V, of respective transport surfaces 718 of other of the at least two primary acceleration means 136 on the one hand and of the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 on the other hand. The at least one individual height compensation means 186 results in the particular advantage that uneven conveying behavior in the transverse direction A is avoided or specifically reduced can be flown and/or that wear and tear on individual conveyor belts 136 can be compensated for without having to replace these conveyor belts 136 .

In an alternative or additional development, the at least one substrate feed system 100 is preferably characterized in that the at least two primary acceleration means 136 are embodied as conveyor belts 136 and/or as suction conveyor means 136 and/or as suction belts 136 and/or that the at least one individual Height compensation means 186 are arranged at least one sliding guide 188 that holds a respective conveyor belt 136 and/or suction belt 136 in its position and/or at least one deflection means 163 that holds a respective conveyor belt 136 and/or suction belt 136 in its position and is in particular at least oriented in the vertical direction V Related relative position to the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 is customizable. At least one compensating cam 189 is preferred as part of the respective height compensating means 186, the at least one sliding guide 188 with the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 arranged connecting. For example, at least one compensating eccentric 189 is part of the respective height compensating means 186, the at least one deflection means 163 is connected to the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 arranged connecting. At least one fixing device 196 is arranged, for example, in order to fix the respective height compensation means 186 in different positions relative to the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 to be able to fix. This at least one fixing device 196 has at least one slot, for example.

In an alternative or additional development, the at least one substrate feed device 100 is preferably characterized in that each of the at least two primary acceleration means 136 has at least one rotary body 163; 187, each of which is driven by at least one primary acceleration drive M101; M103 is driven and/or can be driven. For example, the respective at least one rotary body 163; 187 as a drive wheel 187 of a respective conveyor belt 136 and/or suction belt 136. Each of the at least two primary acceleration means 136 preferably has at least one respective rotary body 163; 187, which is designed and arranged in each case for adjusting a tension of the respective conveyor belt 136 and/or suction belt 136. At least one respective clamping eccentric is preferably arranged for this purpose. Preferably, each conveyor belt 136 or suction belt 136 has a rotary body 163 designed as a drive wheel 187; 187 and a different rotary body 163; 187 assigned. A respective axis of rotation of this respective driven rotary body 163; 187 is preferably relative to the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 fixed and/or fixed.

In an alternative or additional development, the at least one substrate feed device 100 is preferably characterized in that each of the at least two primary acceleration means 136 has at least one rotary body 163; 187, which is driven via a shaft 169 common to these at least two primary acceleration means 136. The common shaft 169 preferably has at least two shaft sections 171 which are arranged one behind the other with respect to a transverse direction A. Shaft sections 171 of the common shaft 169 that are directly adjacent with respect to the transverse direction A are preferably each connected via an at least removable and/or at least partially openable coupling 172. In particular, the result is a substrate feed system 100, in which at least two primary acceleration means 136 are arranged next to one another with respect to a transverse direction A and below a storage area 134 of the substrate feed system 100 that is provided for storing a stack of sheets 02 of a substrate 02, and in which the substrate feed system 100 has at least one, in particular stationary Frame 162 and at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 and wherein the at least two primary acceleration means 136 are preferably at least partially and more preferably completely supported by the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 and preferably at least partially and more preferably completely at the same time together and with the at least one lifting frame 166; 173; 174 are arranged to be movable with respect to the vertical direction V and wherein each of the at least two primary acceleration means 136 has at least one rotary body 163; 187, which is driven via a shaft 169 common to these at least two primary acceleration means 136, and wherein the common shaft 169 has at least two shaft sections 171, which are arranged one behind the other with respect to a transverse direction A, and with directly adjacent shaft sections 171 with respect to the transverse direction A of the common Shaft 169 are each connected via an at least removable and/or at least partially openable coupling 172.

These couplings 172 allow conveyor belts 136 and/or suction belts 136 and/or assemblies to be assembled and/or disassembled and/or replaced particularly easily, in particular without having to disassemble many components of the substrate feed device 100 unnecessarily. As described, such assemblies each have, for example, at least one support frame 194 and/or at least one vacuum chamber 719 and/or at least one cover plate 193 and/or at least one and more preferably at least two and even more preferably at least four deflection means 163 and/or at least one shaft section 171 and /or at least one sliding guide 188 and/or at least one compensating cam 189 and/or at least one and more preferably at least two conveyor belts 136.

The respective rotating body 163; 187, which is driven via a shaft 169 common to these at least two primary acceleration means 136, is embodied as deflection means 163, in particular as deflection means 163 of a respective conveyor belt 136 and/or suction belt 136. The substrate feed system 100 is therefore preferably characterized in that the at least two primary acceleration means 136 are designed as conveyor belts 136 and/or as suction transport means 136 and/or as suction belts 136 and the respective rotary bodies 163 are designed as deflection means 163.

In an alternative or additional development, the at least one substrate feed device 100 is preferably characterized in that each of the at least two primary acceleration means 136 has at least one rotary body 163; 187 and/or drive wheel 187, which is driven in each case by means of at least one primary acceleration drive M 101; M103 is driven and/or can be driven and/or that the common shaft 169 is driven by at least one primary acceleration drive M101; M103 is driven and/or can be driven.

In an alternative or additional development, the at least one substrate feed device 100 is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration drive M101; M103 rigid relative to the frame 162 and/or relative to that of the lifting frame 166; 173; 174 is arranged on different support frames 161 and/or is connected to the common shaft 169 at least via at least one articulated shaft 91 and/or via at least one torque transmission means 192. Such a torque transmission means 192 is designed, for example, as a belt 192 and/or as a chain 192 and/or as a gear wheel 192 .

For example, sheets 02 are fed from substrate feed system 100 directly to feed system 300, which can also be part of substrate feed system 100, for example. Alternatively, sheets 02 are first fed to at least one preparation system 200.

At least one preparation device 200 is preferably located after a substrate feed device 100 and/or before at least one coating unit 400 on the intended transport path; 600; 800 arranged. The at least one preparation device 200 preferably has at least one action device 201. The at least one action device 201 is embodied, for example, as a calender 201 and/or as a moistening device 201 and/or as a discharge device 201 and/or as an inerting device 201 and/or as a cleaning device 201 and/or as a deburring device 201 and/or as an inspection device 201. A cleaning device 201 is designed, for example, as a suction device 201 and/or as a blower device 201 and/or as a scraper device 201 and/or preferably serves to remove pieces of paper and/or dust. An inspection device 201 has, for example, at least one and preferably several, in particular at least two, in particular optical sensors, which are designed, for example, as a camera and/or are arranged such that they can be moved mechanically, in particular in the transverse direction A. Such sensors can be used, for example, to record the alignment of incoming sheets 02, in particular for further processing. Alternatively or additionally, these sensors are used to record and/or check the dimensions of sheets 02, for example for comparison with order data. The action device 201 is, for example, within a further unit 100; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 arranged, in particular aligned with the intended transport route and/or acting and/or capable of acting. However, the preparation device 200 is preferably designed as an independent unit 200 and more preferably as a module 200 .

The preparation device 200 preferably has at least one transport means 211, which is more preferably embodied as a suction transport means 211. What is described above and below about suction transport means preferably applies accordingly. Preparation device 200 preferably has at least one dedicated drive M200 or motor M200, in particular electric motor M200 or position-controlled electric motor M200, which is more preferably arranged to drive and/or be capable of driving the at least one transport means 211. For example, the Vorb mounting device 200 has at least one pressure roller 202 or pressure roller 202, by means of which a force can be applied to sheets 02 against the at least one transport means 211. Preparation system 200 preferably has at least one transfer means 03 for sheets 02. The section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, defined by preparation system 200 is preferably essentially flat and more preferably completely flat and is preferably designed to run essentially and more preferably exclusively horizontally.

Preferably, the preparation system 200, preferably embodied as unit 200 and/or module 200, is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, defined by preparation system 200, is on a Entrance level of the preparation device 200 begins and / or ends at an exit level of the preparation device 200. The preparation device 200 is preferably characterized in that this entry height of the preparation device 200 deviates from the first standard height by a maximum of 5 cm, more preferably by a maximum of 1 cm and even more preferably by a maximum of 2 mm and/or that the exit height of the preparation device 200 differs from the first Standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably at most 2 mm and/or that the respective entrance height of the preparation device 200 deviates from the exit height of the preparation device 200 by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably deviates by a maximum of 2 mm.

For example, sheets 02 are accelerated in stages using substrate feed system 100 and/or at least one infeed system 300. At least one primary acceleration means 136 and at least one secondary acceleration means 119 are arranged for this purpose, for example. The primary acceleration means 136 preferably accelerates the sheets 02 to a first speed v1 and the secondary acceleration means 119 later accelerates the sheets 02 preferably to a second speed v2, for example the processing speed or printing speed, and optionally to an even higher third speed v3 in between. As a result, no acceleration means 119; 136 accelerated and decelerated between a standstill and the second speed v2 or even the third speed v3. Undesirably large accelerations are eliminated. Instead, it is sufficient for the primary acceleration means 136, for example, if it is accelerated and decelerated between a standstill and the first speed v1. In one embodiment, the second acceleration means 119 is accelerated to the second speed v2 or even to the third speed v3 and then decelerated again to a minimum speed. This minimum speed is preferably equal to the first speed v1. Alternatively, this minimum speed is greater than the first speed v1. During a transfer between the primary acceleration means 136 and the secondary acceleration means 119, the sheets 02 are then accelerated by a relative speed between the secondary acceleration means 119 on the one hand and sheets 02 on the other hand and by corresponding friction, at least until they are moved at the second speed v2. The sheets 02 are therefore pulled along and accelerated in the process. In an alternative embodiment, the secondary acceleration means 119 is operated constantly at the second speed v2, and the sheets 02 are accelerated to the second speed v2 entirely, as described, via the relative speed and corresponding friction. If necessary, further acceleration means are arranged.

A processing machine 01 configured in particular as a sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that the sheet-fed printing press 01 has at least two modules 100; 600 trained aggregates 100; 600 and that more preferably the at least two modules 100; 600 each have at least one dedicated drive M100; M101; M102; M103; M600; have M601. Alternatively or additionally, sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that at least one of the at least two modules 600 is configured as a non-impact coating module 400; 600; 800 is trained. Alternatively or additionally, sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that at least one of the at least two modules 500 is embodied as a drying module 500.

Preferably, the processing machine 01 configured in particular as a sheet-fed printing press 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least one and in particular at least one other of the at least two modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 has at least one drying facility 500 or drying device 506. This drying system 500 or drying device 506 preferably has at least one energy output device 501 embodied as a hot air source 502; 502; 503 on. The processing machine 01, which is embodied in particular as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably distinguished alternatively or additionally characterized in that as at least one other of the at least two modules 400; 600; 800 at least one coating module 400; 800 is arranged, which is designed as a priming module 400 and/or as a painting module 800 and which has its own drying system 500 or drying device 506. For example, the processing machine 01 configured in particular as a sheet-fed printing press 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least one coating module 400 configured as a priming module 400 is provided as the at least one additional module 400, which has its own drying system 500 or drying device 506 and this drying system 500 or Drying device 506 at least one energy output device 501 embodied as a hot air source 502; 502; 503 and/or that the at least one additional module 800 is at least one coating module 800 embodied as a painting module 800, which has its own drying system 500 or drying device 506, and this drying system 500 or drying device 506 has at least one energy output device 501 embodied as a hot air source 502; 502; 503 has.

The at least one other of the at least two modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, for example the priming module 400 preferably has a frame 427; 627; 827 on. Preferably with this frame 427; 627; 827 whose drying device 500 or drying device 506 is rigidly connected directly or indirectly. For example, with this frame 427; 627; 827 at least one counter-pressure means 408; 608; 808 of the at least one further of the at least two modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, for example the priming module 400 arranged directly or indirectly connected. The drying system 500 or drying device 506 of the at least one further of the at least two modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, for example the priming module 400 only via the frame 427; 627; 827 of the at least one further of the at least two modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, for example priming module 400, and/or mechanically flexible connections to a floor or installation area below sheet-fed printing press 01. An area of action of the drying system 500 or drying device 506 of the at least one other of the at least two modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, for example priming module 400, is preferably located after an application point 418 of the at least one other of the at least two modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, for example the priming module 400 arranged. A for transporting sheets 02 through an area of action of drying system 500 or drying device 506 of the at least one other of the at least two modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, e.g. of priming module 400, in particular suction transport means 417, with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, this at least one further of the at least two modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, for example this primer module 400 arranged. A for transporting sheets 02 through an area of action of drying system 500 or drying device 506 of the at least one other of the at least two modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, for example the priming module 400 provided transport means 417, in particular suction transport means 417, is preferably by means of a drive M400; M401; M600; M601; M800; M801 of the at least one further of the at least two modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, for example the priming module 400 can be driven.

Generally to a coating module 400 designed as a priming module 400 and/or as a printing module 600 and/or as a varnishing module 800; 600; 800, this preferably means that the coating module 400; 600; 800 preferably a rack 427; 627; 827, to which its drying system 500 or drying device 506 is rigidly connected, directly or indirectly, and to which more preferably at least one counter-pressure means 408; 608; 808 of the coating module 400 configured as a priming module 400 and/or as a printing module 600 and/or as a varnishing module 800; 600; 800 is arranged directly or indirectly connected. Drying system 500 or drying device 506 of coating module 400 embodied as priming module 400 and/or as printing module 600 and/or as varnishing module 800 is preferred; 600; 800 only via the frame 427 of this coating module 400 designed as a primer module 400 and/or as a printing module 600 and/or as a varnishing module 800; 600; 800 and/or mechanically flexible connections are connected to a floor or installation area below sheet-fed printing press 01. An area of action of the drying device 500 or drying device 506 of the priming module 400 and/or as a printing module 600 and/or as a coating module 800 embodied coating module 400; 600; 800 is preferably located after an application point 418; 618; 818 of the coating module 400 configured as a priming module 400 and/or as a printing module 600 and/or as a varnishing module 800; 600; 800 arranged. A for transporting sheets 02 through an area of action of drying system 500 or drying device 506 of coating module 400 configured as priming module 400 and/or as printing module 600 and/or as varnishing module 800; 600; 800 provided means of transport 417; 617; 817, in particular suction transport means 417; 617; 817, is preferably located after a counter-pressure means 408; 608; 808 of this coating module 400 embodied as a primer module 400 and/or as a printing module 600 and/or as a varnishing module 800; 600; 800 arranged. A for transporting sheets 02 through an area of action of drying system 500 or drying device 506 of coating module 400 configured as priming module 400 and/or as printing module 600 and/or as varnishing module 800; 600; 800 provided means of transport 417; 617; 817, in particular suction transport means 417; 617; 817, is preferably by means of a drive M400; M401; M600; M601; M800; M801 of the coating module 400 configured as a priming module 400 and/or as a printing module 600 and/or as a varnishing module 800; 600; 800 priming module 400 drivable.

A rigid connection is to be understood as meaning a connection that prevents uncontrolled relative movements. It is nevertheless provided, for example, that at least one mechanism and/or at least one drive can be used to bring about a relative movement in a targeted manner, for example around the drying system 500 or drying device 506 of the material provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02 to be able to stop the transport route.

Alternatively or additionally, sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that at least one of the at least two modules 100 is embodied as a substrate feed system 100 and/or in that at least one of the at least two modules 600 is embodied as a printing module 600. Alternatively or additionally, sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that substrate feed system 100 has at least one primary acceleration means 136 with primary drive M101; M103 or primary accelerator M 101; M103 of substrate feed system 100 and at least one secondary acceleration means 119 with a secondary drive M102 or secondary acceleration drive M102 of substrate feed system 100 arranged along a transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, downstream of the at least one primary acceleration means 136, and that the at least one primary acceleration means 136 is arranged below a storage area 134 provided for storing a stack of sheets 02. Such a stack comprises more than one sheet 02. The primary drive M101; M103 of the at least one primary acceleration means 134 of the substrate feed device 100 also becomes the primary acceleration drive M101; M103 of the substrate feeder 100 called. The secondary drive M102 of the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 of the substrate feed device 100 is also called the secondary acceleration drive M102 of the substrate feed device 100.

Alternatively or additionally, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that the at least one printing module 600 is equipped with one of the primary drive M101; M103 of the substrate feed device 100 and the secondary drive M102 of the substrate feed device 100 is assigned to different drives M600 for transporting sheets 02. By arranging primary drive M101; M103 and secondary drive M102 is the independent movement of the accelerator means 119; 136 and thus a graded acceleration as described above is possible.

Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the sheet-fed printing press 01 has at least three modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 trained aggregates 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and that the at least three modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 each have at least one dedicated drive M100; M101; M102; M103; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; have M1000.

Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the sheet-fed printing press 01 has a plurality of units 600 embodied as printing modules 600, each of which has at least one drive M600 of its own. Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one printing module 600 is designed as a printing module 600 that applies coating material from above. Alternatively or additionally, sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that the at least one printing module 600 is embodied as a non-impact coating unit 600 and/or as an inkjet printing unit 600. Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that sheets 02 can be and/or are accelerated to a first speed v1 by means of the at least one primary acceleration means 136 and that sheets 02 are accelerated in particular from the first speed by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 v1 can be accelerated and/or accelerated to a second speed v2, which is greater than the first speed v1 or even to a third speed v3, which is even greater than the second speed v2, with subsequent deceleration to the second speed v2.

Alternatively or additionally, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that drive control of the primary drive M 101; M 103 is different from a drive control of the secondary drive M102 and that a drive control of the drive M600 of the printing module 600 differs from the drive control of the primary drive M 101; M 103 and is different from the drive control of the secondary drive M102. Alternatively or additionally, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that the second speed v2 is a printing speed for transporting the sheets 02 through the at least one printing assembly 600. Alternatively or additionally, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that drive control of the primary drive M101; M 103 and a different drive control of the secondary drive M102 and a different drive control of the drive M600 of the printing module 600 are connected by circuitry to a machine controller of the sheet-fed printing press 01. Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means 136 is embodied as at least one acceleration means 136 acting on the bottom sheet 02 of a stack.

Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that a plurality of subsets of primary acceleration means 136 are provided as the at least one primary acceleration means 136, which can be operated at least temporarily with sheet speeds that differ from subset to subset and/or the at least one of each only has this respective primary drive M101 assigned to the respective subset of acceleration means 136; have M103. In this case, each subset can have a primary acceleration means 136 or a plurality of primary acceleration means 136 . (Examples are in 14a and 16b to see.)

Alternatively or additionally, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that a plurality of spacers 144.1; 144.2 are arranged to be movable independently of one another, at least with respect to the vertical direction V, for example at least one first spacer 144.1 and at least one second spacer 144.2. For example, the at least one first spacer 144.1 and/or the at least one second spacer 144.2 is embodied as at least one bearing surface provided with recesses and/or the primary acceleration means 136 at least partially and/or at least temporarily protrude upwards through the recesses. (An example of this is in 14b to see.)

Alternatively or additionally, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that the drives M101; M102; M103 of the acceleration means 119 provided for moving the sheets 02 along their intended transport path; 136 of the substrate feed device 100 can be operated independently of such drives which respond at least to the vertical relative movement of the primary acceleration means 136 on the one hand and the at least one spacer 144; 144.1; 144.2 or the spacer 144; 144.1; 144.2 drive on the other hand, in particular the movements of the at least one spacer 144; 144.1; 144.2 or the spacer 144; 144.1; 144.2 and/or the vertical movements of the at least one primary means of acceleration 136.

Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means 136 is configured as at least one transport roller 136 and/or as at least one transport belt 136 and/or as at least one suction transport means 136 and/or as at least one suction belt 136 and/or or as at least one suction box belt 136 and/or as at least one roller suction system 136 and/or as at least one suction gripper 136 and/or as at least one suction roller 136. Preferably, sheet-fed printing press 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 acts as at least one outgoing transport means 119 of substrate feed system 100 and/or as at least one transport roller 119 and/or as at least at least one pair of transport rollers 119 forming a transport gap and/or as at least one suction transport means 119 and/or as at least one pair of transport belts 119 forming a transport gap. In particular, at least one pair of conveyor belts 119 forming a transport gap can reduce the risk of sheets 02 being pressed together too much and/or deformed. (examples are in 16a and 16b shown.) In particular in connection with sheets of corrugated cardboard 02, this ensures gentle processing of these sheets 02. For example, at least one replaceable assembly is provided, which has the at least one secondary acceleration means 119. Then, for example, a pair of transport rollers 119 forming at least one transport gap can be exchanged for at least one pair of transport belts 119 forming a transport gap in a simple manner and depending on the requirement.

Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized by the fact that at least one additional device 147 for detecting incorrectly transported and/or defective sheets 02 and/or at least one additional device 147 for sorting out sheets 02 and/or at least one additional device 147 for holding them and/or arranged to push back sheets 02. (This is an example in 15 shown.) With regard to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, this at least one additional device 147 is preferably arranged between the at least one primary acceleration means 136 on the one hand and the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 on the other. If additional device 147 is designed as additional device 147 for detecting incorrectly transported and/or defective sheets 02, it is used, for example, to identify double sheets and/or to identify sheets 02 that have protruding parts. Such protruding components could, for example, come into contact with a printhead 416; 616; 816 damage to this print head 416; 616; evoke 816.

An additional device 147 for sorting out sheets 02 has, for example, a suction device and/or a transport switch. For example, such an additional device 147 for sorting has at least one compression means 148; 149, by means of which sheet 02 can be compressed, in particular with regard to its height, and/or is designed as a compression device 147. As a result, corresponding damage to print heads 416; 616; 816 can be avoided, even if initially protruding parts of the sheet 02 were present. The corresponding sheets 02 are destroyed, for example, but can preferably be sorted out by means of the transport switch.

In an alternative or additional refinement, the sheet processing machine 01 preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that at least one sensor 153, embodied in particular as a protrusion sensor 153, for detecting at least one spatial extension of sheets 02 is arranged along the transport path provided for the transport of sheets 02 is. The at least one protrusion sensor 153 is designed, for example, as an optical sensor and/or as a light barrier and/or as an ultrasonic sensor and/or as a capacitive sensor and/or as an inductive sensor and/or as a magnetic sensor. The at least one overhang sensor 153 preferably detects the height of the sheets 02 being transported lying beneath it. If part of the sheet 02, in particular part of the front end of the sheet 02, is too high, this is detected by the at least one overhang sensor 153. Particularly in the case of multi-layer sheets 02, such as sheets of corrugated cardboard 02, there may be protruding areas at the cut edges, for example because of cut-off splices and subsequent soft individual layers. Such protruding areas could have undesirable consequences, particularly damage to printheads 416; 616; 816. Therefore, contacts between printheads 416; 616; 816 and Bogen 02 are dangerous and should be avoided at all costs. Sheet processing machine 01 preferably has at least one non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 and/or at least one print head 416; 616; 816 or inkjet printhead 416; 616; 816 on. A compression device 147 is therefore preferably provided, in particular an additional device 147 designed as a compression device 147. This compression device 147 is, for example, in the region of a coating unit 400; 600; 800 arranged to avoid that between the compression device 147 and the print heads 416; 616; 816 areas where the shape of the sheet 02 is negatively altered.

At least one compression device 147 is preferably arranged in particular along the transport path provided for the transport of sheets 02 after a detection region of this at least one overhang sensor 153, which more preferably has at least one first compression body 148 and at least one second compression body 149 and even more preferably at least one force element 151 . The at least one first compression body 148 is preferably movable, in particular at least with respect to the vertical direction V and/or towards the at least one second compression body 149. The at least one second compression body 149 is preferably embodied as a counter-pressure body 149 and more preferably stationary apart from any rotational movements. For example, the at least one first compression body 148 is embodied as a roller 148, which is arranged in particular to be rotatable, and/or the at least one second compression body 149 is embodied as a roller 149, which is in particular arranged to be rotatable. A respective direction of rotation of this respective roller 148; 149 is preferably oriented in such a way that a region closest to sheet 02 moves parallel to sheet 02, in particular not antiparallel. A component that carries additional functions, for example at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 and/or at least one vacuum chamber 719. An axis of rotation of the at least one first compression body 148 is preferably displaceable.

In an alternative or additional refinement, the sheet-fed processing machine 01 preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that the at least one first compression body 148 is arranged such that it can be moved by means of the at least one force element 151 from a passage position towards the at least one second compression body 149 into a compression position , wherein the at least one force element 151 is further preferably prestressed when the first compression element 148 is arranged in the passage position. As a result, a particularly rapid response to detection of a sheet 02 to be compressed can be achieved. The at least one compression device 147 preferably has at least one retaining device 152, which can be switched at least between a retaining state and a release state and which, in the retaining state, is arranged to prevent the at least one first compression body 148 from moving from its passage position into its compression position. This maintains the preload. A prestress is to be understood in particular as a state in which the corresponding body tries to change its shape automatically in order to reach a state of lower energy. For example, the at least one force element 151 has at least one spring and/or at least one magnet and/or at least one electromagnet and/or at least one spring plate. The at least one restraint device 152 preferably has at least one release drive 157, which is more preferably embodied as a pneumatic cylinder and/or as a hydraulic cylinder and/or as an electromagnet and/or as an electric motor. The at least one retaining device 152 preferably has at least one stop body 156, which can more preferably be moved by means of the at least one release drive 157. Then, by activating the release drive 157, the stop body 156 can be moved and the at least one first compression body 148 can be moved from its passage position towards the at least one second compression body 149 into its compression position.

In an alternative or additional development, the sheet-fed processing machine 01, which is preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that the sheet-fed processing machine 01 has at least one conveyor belt 718; 726, which extends with at least one transport section of its circulation path parallel to a transport direction T along a partial region of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, and that the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 is arranged at least partially between the at least one first compression body 148 on the one hand and the at least one second compression body 149 on the other. In any case, when the first compression element 748 is in the compression position and at the same time the sheet 02 is arranged between the first compression element 748 and the second compression element 749, there is preferably contact between the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 on the one hand and the at least one second compression body 149 on the other. Along the transport section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 at least one coating point 409; 609; 809 of at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 of the sheet-fed printing press 01. The detection range of this at least one overhang sensor 153 is preferably along the transport section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 arranged.

A compression area 154 is preferably that area which is separated from the at least one first and the at least one second compression body 148; 149 is fixed, in particular the spatial region in which a smallest distance between the at least one first compression body 148 on the one hand and the second compression body 149 and/or the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726, on the other hand, is smaller than the thickness of the sheets 02 to be transported. A distance measured along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, between the of the at least one first and the at least one second compression body 148; 149 specified compression area 154 on the one hand and the at least one coating point 409; 609; 809 on the other hand is preferably at most 200 cm, more preferably at most 100 cm, even more preferably at most 50 cm, even more preferably at most 20 cm and even more preferably at most 10 cm. A distance measured along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, between the detection range of this at least one overhang sensor 153 and the at least one first and the at least one second compression body 148; 149 defined compression range 154 on the other hand is preferably at most 200 cm, more preferably at most 100 cm, even more preferably at most 50 cm, even more preferably at most 20 cm and even more preferably at most 10 cm.

In an alternative or additional development, the sheet-fed processing machine 01 preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that at least one pretensioning drive is provided, by means of which the at least one first compression body 148 is moved from the compression position, in particular away from the at least one second compression body 149, into the passage position is movable. The sheet processing machine 01 then does not necessarily have to be stopped when a sheet 02 has been compressed, but can continue to run after the compression device 147 has been tensioned again, for example without interruption. Sheet processing machine 01 preferably has at least one transport diverter and/or ejection device and/or waste diverter for sheets 02, which is located after the at least one compression system 147 with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of sheets 02. A compressed sheet 02 can then be disposed of in a simple manner.

In an alternative or additional refinement, the sheet-fed processing machine 01 preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that the at least one protrusion sensor 153 is connected directly or indirectly to the at least one retaining device 152 in terms of circuitry and/or that the at least one protrusion sensor 153 is connected to it in terms of circuitry a machine controller of sheet processing machine 01, to which the at least one retaining device 152 is also connected in terms of circuitry. This enables automated backup using the compression device 147 .

If the at least one protruding sensor 153 detects a protruding component of a sheet 02, then the retaining device 152 is deactivated and the at least one first compression body 148 presses the sheet 02 against the at least one second compression body 149 and/or the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 and thus compresses sheet 02, which in particular causes damage to print heads 416; 616; 816 is avoided. (Example is shown schematically in 21a a compression device 147 with compression body 148 in the passage position and in 21b a compression device 147 with compression body 148 is shown in the compression position.)

An additional device 147 for holding and/or pushing back sheets 02 has, for example, a suction device and/or a pusher. Such a suction device holds a sheet 02 in place, for example, thereby preventing it from being transported further and causing damage. Such a pushing device is designed, for example, as a roller and/or roller and/or brush and is arranged to rotate and/or be rotatable. The direction of rotation is selected in such a way that a force imparted by the pushing device, for example through friction, is oriented counter to the transport direction of sheet 02 and/or counter to its intended transport path. Processing machine 01 is stopped, for example, if a sheet 02 that has been transported incorrectly is detected and/or has been held and/or pushed back by means of additional device 147 for holding and/or pushing back sheets 02.

In an alternative or additional refinement, the sheet-fed processing machine 01 preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means 136 is also embodied as a sheet alignment means for alignment with respect to the transverse direction A and/or a pivoted position and/or that the at least a secondary acceleration means 119 is designed at the same time as a sheet alignment means for an alignment with respect to the transverse direction A and/or a pivoted position. For a change in the pivot position, the respective acceleration means 119; 134, for example, is at least partially divided into at least two parts with respect to the transverse direction A, which can be driven and/or are driven at different speeds than one another. For a change in position with respect to the transverse direction A, the respective acceleration means 119; 134, for example, can be moved at least partially in and/or counter to the transverse direction A, in particular while it is in contact with a sheet 02.

Alternatively or additionally, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that under a module 100; 600 a respective unit 100; 600 or a structure made up of several aggregates 100; 600 is to be understood that at least one separate controllable and/or regulatable drive M 100; M101; M102; M103; M600 and/or at least one transfer means 03 for sheets 02 and/or at least one without deviation or with a deviation of at most 5 cm on a for a plurality of modules 100; 600 has the same first standard height beginning and/or ending section of a transport route provided for transporting sheets 02 and/or as an independently functional module 100; 600 and/or each individually manufactured and/or individually assembled machine unit or functional assembly.

A method for operating a processing machine 01, preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferred, wherein sheets 02 coming from a stack 104 are preferably separated from below, in particular by means of the at least one primary acceleration means 136 of the substrate feed system 100. Sheets 02 are preferably accelerated individually in a transport direction T, in particular to a transfer speed vu and/or to a catch-up speed va. The at least one primary acceleration means 136 is or will preferably be provided by the position-controlled electric motor M101; M103 trained primary drive M101; M 103 powered. The at least partially separated sheets 02 are preferably each transferred in particular from the at least one first acceleration means 136 to the at least one secondary acceleration means 119, which is arranged behind the at least one front stop 137, in particular with respect to the transport direction T, and which is preferably driven by a secondary drive M 102 is or will be driven. The sheets 02 originating from stack 104 are preferably accelerated individually in transport direction T to transfer speed vu by means of the at least one primary acceleration means 136, and the at least partially separated sheets 02 are each transferred from the at least one first acceleration means 136 to the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 transferred and transported with the transfer speed vu. Sheets 02 are preferably fed in particular along the transport path provided for transporting sheets 02 from substrate feed system 100 to at least one further module 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the sheet processing machine 01, with the sheets 02 more preferably each then being transported by at least one drive M200; M300; M400; M500; M550; M600; M700; M800; M900; 1000 of the at least one further module 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 with a processing speed vb in particular individually through the respective further module 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 transported and in this respective further module 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 processed.

The at least one primary acceleration means 136 is preferably moved as a whole by means of the at least one vertical drive M104, at least with respect to a vertical direction V relative to the primary drive M101; M103 moves to make or break contact with a respective sheet 02. The sheet 02 in question can then be further accelerated using the at least one secondary acceleration means 119, while the at least one primary acceleration means 136 is already being decelerated again or is stationary. Due to the relative movement, the primary drive M 101; M 103 are spared.

A front stack boundary plane SV is preferably defined by a plurality of front edges of the not yet separated sheets 02 of the remaining stack 104, which are oriented in the transport direction T and/or arranged to face the second acceleration means 119, and/or preferably has a surface normal that is horizontal and/or is oriented parallel to the transport direction T. The at least one primary acceleration means 136 is preferably arranged at least partially and more preferably completely in front of the front stack boundary plane SV. The at least one secondary acceleration means 119 is preferably arranged at least partially and more preferably completely after the front stack boundary plane SV. A transport speed of sheets 02 that is greater than processing speed vb is preferably referred to as catch-up speed va. More preferably, any transport speed of sheets 02 that is greater than processing speed vb is referred to as catch-up speed va. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are transported at least at one point in time by means of the at least one primary acceleration means 136 and/or by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 at a maximum catch-up speed va, which is at least 10 % and more preferably at least 20% and even more preferably at least 30% and even more preferably at least 50% is greater than the processing speed vb.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferred characterized in that the sheets 02 are each arranged to intersect the front stack boundary plane SV at least at one point in time during their respective transport and are simultaneously transported at a catch-up speed va, in particular along the transport path T provided for the transport of sheets 02 subsequent sheets 02 in the stack come into contact with the at least one primary acceleration means 136 more quickly and are accelerated earlier. In this way, the gaps between successive sheets 02 caused by the necessary acceleration to the processing speed can be closed at least partially and more preferably up to a specified value. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary drive M101; M103 and the at least one secondary drive M102 are operated in coordination with one another such that a gap between a preceding sheet 02 and a following sheet 02 is reduced and/or set to a value within a specified tolerance range around a target value. At most one sheet 02 is preferably arranged to intersect the front pile boundary plane SV at any given time. This avoids shingled transports in the area of the front stack limit plane SV.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the remaining stack 104 of sheets 02 that have not yet been separated is held back with respect to transport direction T by means of the at least one front stop 137. More preferably, the front stop 137 is arranged at least partially defining the front stack boundary plane SV. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets 02 are each arranged with at least one component vertically above or preferably vertically below the at least one front stop 137 at least at one point in time during their respective transport and at the same time at a catch-up speed transported, which is greater than the processing speed. The at least one secondary acceleration means 119 is preferably embodied as a secondary acceleration means 119 arranged behind the at least one front stop 137 with respect to the transport direction T.

Depending on the geometric conditions or material properties, it may make more sense to choose the transfer speed vu less than, greater than or equal to the processing speed vb and/or less than or greater than or equal to a catch-up speed va. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the transfer speed vu is at least 20%, more preferably at least 30% and even more preferably at least 40% of the processing speed vb and/or that the transfer speed vu is lower than the Processing speed vb and/or at most 80%, preferably at most 70% and more preferably at most 60% of the processing speed vb. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets 02 originating from stack 104 are accelerated individually in transport direction T to a catch-up speed va by means of the at least one primary acceleration means 136 and/or that the transfer speed vu is greater , than the processing speed vb.

In a first embodiment of an acceleration profile, each sheet 02 is accelerated to a transfer speed using the at least one primary acceleration means 136, then transferred to the at least one secondary acceleration means 119, then accelerated to a catch-up speed using the at least one secondary acceleration means 119, then using the at least a secondary acceleration means 119 to a maximum transport speed and then decelerates to the processing speed using the at least one secondary acceleration means 119.

In a second embodiment of an acceleration profile, a sheet 02 in question is accelerated to a catch-up speed using the at least one primary acceleration means 136, then accelerated to a maximum transport speed using the at least one primary acceleration means 136 and transferred to the at least one secondary acceleration means 119, and then using the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 to the processing speed.

In a third embodiment of an acceleration profile, each sheet 02 is accelerated to a catch-up speed by means of the at least one primary acceleration means 136, then accelerated to a maximum transport speed by means of the at least one primary acceleration means 136, then decelerated to a transfer speed by the at least one primary acceleration means 136, then with a transfer speed to the at least one secondary acceleration means 119, and then by means of the at least decelerated to the processing speed by a secondary acceleration means 119 .

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets 02 are each fed by means of at least one primary drive M101; M103 driven primary acceleration means 136 of a substrate feed device 100 are accelerated to a first speed v1 and the primary drive M101; M103 more preferably as a position-controlled electric motor M101; M103 is formed. Each sheet 02 is then preferably accelerated to a second speed v2 by means of at least one secondary acceleration means 119 of the substrate feed system 100, which is driven by a secondary drive M102, with the secondary drive M102 more preferably being embodied as a position-controlled electric motor M102. The second speed v2 is preferably greater than the first speed v1. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets 02 are each then accelerated to a third speed v3, which is greater than the second speed v2, by means of this at least one secondary acceleration means 119, and that the sheets 02 are each then be decelerated again to the second speed v2, in particular by means of this at least one secondary acceleration means 119. It is not necessary for the sheets 02 to be held at the second speed v2 before they are accelerated to the third speed v3. For example, a constant, monotonous increase in the sheet speed from the first speed v1 to the third speed v3 is also possible. Sheets 02 are preferably fed along a transport path from the substrate feed system 100 to at least one further module 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of sheet processing machine 01, in particular to a printing module 600. Sheets 02 are then each preferably transported by means of at least one drive M100; M200; 300; M400; M500; M550; M600; M700; M800; M900; 1000 of the at least one further module 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, in particular printing module 600, with a processing speed, in particular printing speed, by the respective additional module 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, in particular printing module 600 transported and in this respective further module 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, in particular printing module 600 processed, in particular printed. The processing speed, in particular the printing speed, is preferably equal to the second speed v2.

A method is therefore particularly preferred in which the sheets 02 are transported along a transport path from the substrate feed system 100 to at least one printing module 600, and the sheets 02 are each then fed through the respective printing module by means of at least one drive M600 of the at least one printing module 600 at a printing speed 600 are transported and thereby printed in this respective printing module 600 and the first speed v1 is lower than the printing speed.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the printing speed is equal to the second speed v2 and/or that the second speed v2 is greater than the first speed v1. The method is preferably alternatively or additionally characterized in that the sheets 02 are each in contact with both the primary acceleration means 136 and the secondary acceleration means 119 at least at one point in time. Preferably, the method is alternatively or additionally characterized in that braking the at least one primary acceleration means 136 does not cause the respective sheet 02 that was previously accelerated with this primary acceleration means 136 to be braked.

In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that braking the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 does not cause the respective sheet 02 that was previously accelerated with this secondary acceleration means 119 to be braked. However, if a gap is to be closed between sheets 02, the following sheet 02 is preferably accelerated and then decelerated using the at least one secondary acceleration means 119. The method is preferably alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 on the one hand is accelerated itself at least temporarily, while a respective sheet 02 is accelerated from the first speed v1 to the second speed v2 and/or to the third speed v3 and on the other hand is itself decelerated while a respective sheet 02 is decelerated from the third speed v3 to the second speed v2 and/or that the at least one primary acceleration means 136 is itself accelerated positively in order to positively accelerate the respective sheet 02 and/or that the at least one primary acceleration means 136 itself is negatively accelerated in order to negatively accelerate the respective sheet 02 accelerate and/or that the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 is itself accelerated positively in order to positively accelerate the respective sheet 02 and/or that the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 is itself accelerated negatively in order to negatively accelerate the respective sheet 02.

In an alternative or additional refinement, the method is preferably characterized in that at least one sheet sensor 164 detects a trailing edge of a preceding sheet 02 and generates a trailing edge signal, and that at least one sheet sensor 164 detects a leading edge of a trailing sheet 02 and generates a leading edge signal, and that the Acceleration and/or deceleration of the respective trailing sheet 02 is controlled and/or regulated by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means 119, taking into account the rear edge signal and the front edge signal. For example, the method is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one primary drive M101; M103 and the at least one secondary drive M102 are operated in a coordinated manner, in particular taking into account the trailing edge signal and/or the leading edge signal and/or in particular by means of the machine controller of sheet processing machine 02, such that a gap between a preceding sheet 02 and a trailing sheet 02 is reduced and/ or is set to a value within a predetermined tolerance range around a target value. For example, a primary acceleration profile for the at least one primary acceleration means 136 and/or its primary drive M101; M103 is stored and/or a secondary acceleration profile is stored for the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 and/or its secondary drive M102. The primary acceleration profile and/or more preferably the secondary acceleration profile is preferably modified as a function of signals from the at least one sheet sensor 164.

In 26a shows an example of a schematic diagram of the transport speed of a sheet 02 over time, which is initially accelerated to a first speed v1 over part of a section a136 by means of the at least one primary acceleration means and then to a first speed v1 over at least part of a section a119 by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 second speed v2 is accelerated. In this case, for example, the first speed v1 is equal to the transfer speed vu and/or the second speed v2 is equal to the processing speed vb 26b shows an example of a schematic diagram of the transport speed of a sheet 02 over time, which is initially accelerated over at least part of a section a136 by means of the at least one primary acceleration means 136 to a first speed v1 and then over at least part of a section a119 by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 is accelerated to a third speed v3 and then decelerated to a second speed v2. In this case, for example, the first speed v1 is equal to the transfer speed vu and/or the second speed v2 is equal to the processing speed vb and/or the third speed v3 is a catch-up speed va. In 26c shows an example of a schematic diagram of a transport speed over time for a sheet 02, which is first accelerated over at least part of a section a136 by means of the at least one primary acceleration means 136 to at least a catch-up speed va and then to a transfer speed vu and then over at least part of a Section a119 is decelerated to a processing speed vb by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means 119.

After a respective sheet 02 has been passed on, the respective acceleration means 119; 136, which passed on the sheet 02, is preferably braked again. The method is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means 136 is braked at least temporarily while the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 and in particular also at least one sheet 02 is accelerated and/or the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 is braked at least temporarily during the at least one primary acceleration means 136 and in particular also at least one sheet 02 is accelerated. The method is preferably characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 is always operated at a speed v1; v2; v3 is operated as long as it is in contact with a sheet 02 and/or during a section of a processing operation of the sheet processing machine 01 in which at least three sheets 02 are separated and accelerated, the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 is always operated at a speed other than zero v1; v2; v3 is running.

Alternatively or additionally, the method is preferably characterized in that the first speed v1 is at least 10%, more preferably at least 20% and even more preferably at least 30% lower than the printing speed and/or that the first speed v1 is at least 20%, preferably at least 30% and more preferably at least 40 % of the second speed v2 and/or that the first speed v1 is at most 80%, preferably at most 70% and more preferably at most 60% of the second speed v2 and/or that the third speed v3 is at least 10%, more preferably at least 20% %, even more preferably at least 30% and even more preferably at least 50% is greater than the second speed v2.

Alternatively or additionally, the method is preferably characterized in that sheets 02 are printed from above in the at least one printing module 600.

The method is preferably alternatively or additionally characterized in that the sheets 02 in the at least one printing module 600 are printed from above using a non-impact printing method and/or using an inkjet printing method.

Alternatively or additionally, the method is preferably characterized in that the substrate feed system 100 is embodied as a module 100 of the sheet-fed printing press 01.

The method is preferably alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means 136 is brought into contact with the sheets 02 on the respective underside of the sheets 02, in particular exclusively on the respective underside, and/or in that the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 has at least one transport nip in which the sheets 02 are at least partially arranged, while the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 accelerates them to the second speed v2 and/or to the third speed v3 and/or decelerates them to the second speed v2.

Preferably, the method is alternatively or additionally characterized in that during the acceleration, the at least one primary acceleration means 136 is used to displace the sheet 02 in question with respect to the transverse direction A and/or to pivot the sheet 02 in question about a pivot axis running orthogonally to the transverse direction A and/or a phase position of the sheet 02 in question in relation to at least one downstream component of the sheet-fed printing press 01 transporting the sheet 02 takes place. Preferably, the method is alternatively or additionally characterized in that during the acceleration using the at least one secondary acceleration means 119, a displacement of the respective sheet 02 with respect to the transverse direction A and/or a pivoting movement of the respective sheet 02 about a pivot axis running orthogonally to the transverse direction A and/or a phase position of the sheet 02 in question in relation to at least one downstream component of the sheet-fed printing press 01 transporting the sheet 02 takes place. Setting a phase position means in particular that the movement of the sheet 02 along its transport path and the movement of the subsequent component of the sheet-fed printing press 01 transporting the sheet 02 are coordinated with one another in such a way that a predetermined point on the sheet 02 can be, for example leading end, comes into contact with a predetermined point on the component transporting sheet 02.

For example, a movement of the sheet 02 along its transport path is accelerated positively and/or negatively and/or the component transporting the sheet 02 is accelerated positively and/or negatively, in particular before it comes into contact with this sheet 02.

For example, if several subsets of primary acceleration means 136 are arranged as the at least one primary acceleration means 136, as described, the method is preferably alternatively or additionally characterized in that the subsets of primary acceleration means 136 execute different movement sequences. For example, a bottom sheet 02 of a stack is initially in contact with acceleration means 136 of several of the subsets. These subsets are then preferably initially accelerated synchronously and thereby drive this sheet 02. As a result of the movement of this sheet 02, this sheet 02 gradually falls out of contact with the first primary acceleration means 136 related to the transport path of the sheet 02 and subsequently with further primary acceleration means 136. In a movement cycle of the primary acceleration elements 136 related to a sheet 02, at least the first primary acceleration means 136 related to the transport path of the sheet 02 is preferably braked and/or stopped earlier than the last primary acceleration means 136 related to the transport path of the sheet 02. This means that prevents a subsequent sheet 02 from coming into contact with a primary acceleration means 136 that is moving at all or too quickly, even though this subsequent sheet 02 is not yet supposed to be moving along the transport path. In this way, for example, several or all of the primary acceleration means 136 are always brought to a standstill when a first sheet 02 just falls out of contact with it, and all of the primary acceleration means 136 are then stopped one after the other following sheet 02-related movement cycle accelerated together again.

For example, if several spacers 144.1; 144.2 are arranged to be movable independently of one another, at least with respect to the vertical direction V, the method is preferably alternatively or additionally characterized in that initially the respective bottom sheet 02 of the corresponding stack is placed on a first spacer 144.1 related to the intended transport path of the sheet 02 and on a rests on the second spacer 144.2 in relation to the intended transport path of the sheet 02, without touching the primary acceleration means 136. These spacers 144.1; 144.2 are then in their respective holding position. The first spacer 144.1 and the second spacer 144.2 are then preferably lowered, causing contact between the bottom sheet 02 and the primary acceleration means 136. The primary acceleration means 136 accelerate the sheet along its transport path. The first spacer 144.1 along the intended transport path is then raised first, so that the sheet 02 that is initially the bottommost one comes out of contact with at least one of the primary acceleration means 136. This prevents a subsequent sheet 02 from coming into contact with a primary acceleration means 136 that is moving at all or too quickly, even though this subsequent sheet 02 is not yet supposed to be moving along the transport path. For example, in this way, several or all spacers 144; 144.1; 144.2 is always raised when a first sheet 02 just falls out of contact with it or threatens to fall out of contact and all spacers 144; 144.1; 144.2 are then lowered together again in a movement cycle related to a subsequent sheet 02.

At least one feed system 300 is preferably located downstream of a substrate feed system 100 and/or upstream of at least one coating unit 400 relative to the intended transport path; 600; 800 arranged. The at least one feed device 300 is preferably used to align sheets 02 as precisely as possible. In this way, it can be ensured that subsequent processing of sheets 02 is carried out as precisely as possible relative to sheets 02 and thus also relative to the processing previously carried out on sheets 02. Depending on the design and/or operation of substrate feed system 100, sheets 02 are preferably fed to infeed system 300 in a shingled manner or individually, for example. Sheets 02 preferably leave infeed system 300 completely separated.

The system device 300 preferably has at least one alignment device 301. Alignment device 301 has, for example, at least one drivable and/or driven alignment roller 302 and/or alignment roller 302, which can be rotated about a horizontal axis of rotation, for example, and pivoted about a pivot axis, which is oriented parallel to a vertical direction, for example. Alternatively or additionally, alignment roller 302 and/or alignment roller 302 is designed to be movable, for example, partially or as a whole in the transverse direction A, in particular to be able to move sheets 02 in the transverse direction A and to move them back again. Infeed device 300 has, for example, at least one pressure roller or pressure roller, by means of which a force can be applied to sheets 02 against this alignment roller 302 and/or alignment roller 302. In this way, for example, a position of the respective sheet 02 can be influenced by pivoting alignment roller 302 and/or alignment roller 302 and/or moving alignment roller 302 and/or alignment roller 302 in the transverse direction A. The aligning device 301 alternatively or additionally has, for example, a plurality of drivable and/or driven aligning rollers 302 and/or aligning rollers 302, which are offset from one another in the transverse direction A, for example. By driving these alignment rollers 302 and/or alignment rollers 302 differently, in particular, sheets 02 can be pivoted about an axis that is oriented, for example, parallel to a vertical direction and/or to a direction orthogonal to the main surfaces of at least one sheet 02. Such alignment rollers 302 and/or alignment rollers 302 that are pivotable and/or movable with respect to transverse direction A can be used, for example, to implement a feed system 300 that does not require contact between sheets 02 on the one hand and front lays 127 and/or side lays on the other.

As an alternative or in addition, the alignment device 301 has, for example, at least one stop, which is also referred to as a mark 127 . For example, alignment device 301 has at least one front mark 127 and/or at least one side mark. By moving the sheets against this front lay 127 and/or against this side lay, the respective sheet 02 is forced into a defined and known position, from which it can then be transported further.

The at least one system device 300 has at least one inspection device 303, for example. This at least one inspection system 303 is used, for example, to detect a position of the respective sheet 02, for example in order to then specifically detect a change in the position and/or to obtain information about the position of the respective sheet 02 in subsequent units 200; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 to use. Information obtained in this way is used, for example, to align sheets 02 without stops and/or during onward transport. The inspection device 303 has, for example, at least one and preferably a plurality of sensors, in particular optical sensors, which are embodied, for example, as a camera and/or are arranged such that they can be moved, preferably mechanically, in particular in the transverse direction A.

The system device 300 preferably has at least one transport means 311, which is more preferably embodied as a suction transport means 311. What is described above and below about suction transport means preferably applies accordingly. The system device 300 preferably has at least one dedicated drive M300 or motor 300, in particular electric motor M300 or position-controlled electric motor M300, which is more preferably arranged to drive and/or be capable of driving the at least one transport means 311. Feed system 300 has at least one pressure roller or pressure roller, for example, by means of which a force can be applied to sheets 02 against the at least one transport means 311. Feed system 300 preferably has at least one transfer means 03 for sheets 02. The section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, defined by infeed system 300 is preferably essentially flat and more preferably completely flat and is preferably designed to run essentially and more preferably exclusively horizontally.

Alternatively or additionally, infeed device 300, preferably embodied as unit 300 and/or module 300, is characterized in that the section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, defined by infeed device 300, is on a Entry height of the installation device 300 begins and / or ends at an exit height of the installation device 300. The system device 300 is preferably characterized in that this entry height of the system device 300 deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and/or that the exit height of system device 300 differs from the first Standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably at most 2 mm and/or that the entrance height of the system device 300 deviates from the exit height of the system device 300 by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by deviates by a maximum of 2 mm.

In the following, more detailed explanations of a coating unit 400; 600; 800, which is embodied as a priming unit 400 by way of example. Unless there are any contradictions, what is described is analogous to other embodiments of the coating unit 400; 600; 800, in particular to 600 printing units and 800 coating units.

As described, at least one coating unit 400 embodied as a priming device 400 or priming unit 400 is arranged, for example. The at least one priming unit 400 is preferably used to apply a coating medium designed as a primer to the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing substrate 02 and/or the sheets 02. Depending on the processing job, this is done, for example, by applying it over the entire surface or by applying it to a part of the surface. The primer facilitates, for example, subsequent processing of sheets 02, for example the application of at least one additional coating material, which is designed in particular as a printing ink and/or at least one additional coating material which is designed in particular as an ink and/or at least one additional coating material which is designed in particular as ink is designed as a paint.

In the following, more detailed explanations of a coating unit 400; 600; 800 made as a flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800 is trained. Unless there are any contradictions, what is described is analogous to other embodiments of the coating unit 400; 600; 800 transferrable. This flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800 is shown as a primer aggregate 400 by way of example. What is shown is to be transferred analogously to printing units 600 and varnishing units 800, insofar as this does not result in any contradictions.

The flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800 preferably has at least one supply of coating agent 401; 601; 801 on. The coating agent supply 401; 601; 801 is more preferably in the case of a primer unit 400 a primer supply 401 and/or in the case of a printing unit 600 a color supply 601 or ink supply 601 and/or in the case of a coating unit 800 a varnish supply 801. The flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800 preferably has at least one applicator cylinder 402; 602; 802, which serves to coat the material to be processed substrate 02, in particular the printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, and is intended in particular for contact with the substrate 02, in particular the printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02. The application cylinder 402; 602; 802 is, for example, as a forme cylinder 402; 602; 802, in particular in the case of a priming unit 400 as a priming forme cylinder 402 and/or in the case of a printing unit 600 as an ink forme cylinder 602 or ink forme cylinder 602 and/or in the case of a coating unit 800 as a paint forme cylinder 802. On the forme cylinder 402; 602; 802, preferably at least one removable dressing in the form of at least one removable coating form, in particular priming form or printing form or painting form is and/or can be arranged. This lift is used to determine the areas in which the coating agent is to be transferred and, if necessary, in which areas it is not. The respective elevator is preferably attached by means of at least one corresponding holding device, in particular a clamping device and/or tensioning device, on a lateral surface of application cylinder 402; 602; 802 can be arranged and/or arranged and preferably fixed and/or fixed.

In particular, around the forme cylinder 402; 602; 802 and/or to supply the coating mold with coating agent is preferably at least one supply roller 403; 603; 803 arranged, more preferably as an anilox roller 403; 603; 803 and/or has a cell structure on its lateral surface and preferably with the forme cylinder 402; 602; 802 is in contact and/or can be brought into contact. Alternatively, between supply roller 403; 603; 803 and application cylinder 402; 602; 802, at least one further transfer roller for coating material can also be arranged. The supply roller 403; 603; 803 is embodied, for example, in the case of a priming unit 400 as a primer supply roller 403 and/or in the case of a printing unit 600 as an ink supply roller 603 or ink supply roller 603 and/or in the case of a varnishing unit 800 as a varnish supply roller 803. With the supply roller 403; 603; 803 there is preferably at least one buffer 404; 604; 804 for coating agents in contact and/or in active connection. This is preferably a chamber doctor blade 404; 604; 804 trained. With the anilox roller 403; 603; 803 formed supply roller 403; 603; 803 is therefore preferably at least one chamber doctor blade 404; 604; 804 in contact and/or in operative connection. The preferred chamber doctor blade 404; 604; 804 formed latches 404; 604; 804 is preferably above at least one supply line 406; 606; 806 and more preferably also via at least one derivation 407; 607; 807 with the at least one coating medium supply 401; 601; 801 in connection. The lead 406; 606; 806 and/or the derivative 407; 607; 807 is preferably in operative connection with at least one pumping device. A device for the supported and/or automated and/or partially automated installation and/or removal of the supply roller 403; 603; 803 arranged.

At least one counter-pressure means 408; 608; 808, which serves as an abutment for applying the coating medium to the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing material 02 and/or the sheets 02. The at least one counter-pressure means 408; 608; 808 is, for example, as an impression cylinder 408; 608; 808 trained. Alternatively, the at least one counter-pressure means 408; 608; 808 designed as a counter-pressure band. The transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, preferably runs between forme cylinder 402; 602; 802 on the one hand and the counter-pressure means 408; 608; 808, in particular impression cylinder 408; 608; 808 on the other hand. forme cylinder 402; 602; 802 on the one hand and counter-pressure means 408; 608; 808 on the other hand preferably together form at least one coating point 409; 609; 809, which is embodied as a priming point 409 in particular in the case of a priming unit 400 and/or as a printing point 609 in the case of a printing unit 600 and/or as a painting point 809 in the case of a coating unit 800. Preferably, an axis of rotation of the impression cylinder 408; 608; 808 at least partly parallel to the transverse direction A, more preferably always.

The coating unit 400; 600; 800 is, for example, a coating unit 400 that coats from above and/or is capable of being coated from above; 600; 800 or, for example, alternatively as a coating unit 400 that coats from below and/or is capable of being coated from below; 600; 800 trained. The selection is preferably made depending on how other units of the processing machine 01 are constructed and/or arranged and/or which side of the sheet 02 is to be processed.

If the coating unit 400; 600; 800 as a coating unit 400 that coats from above and/or is capable of being coated from above; 600; 800 and at the same time as a flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800 is formed, the counter-pressure means is preferably 408; 608; 808 below the applicator cylinder 402; 602; 802 and/or at least partially below the supply roller 403; 603; 803 is arranged and/or the applicator cylinder 402; 602; 802 above the counter-pressure means 408; 608; 808 and/or at least partially below the supply roller 403; 603; 803 arranged and/or preferably the supply roller 403; 603; 803 at least partially above the applicator cylinder 402; 602; 802 and/or at least partially above counter-pressure means 408; 608; 808 arranged. If the coating unit 400; 600; 800 as a coating unit 400 that coats from below and/or is capable of being coated from below; 600; 800 and at the same time as a flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800 is formed, the counter-pressure means is preferably 408; 608; 808 above the applicator cylinder 402; 602; 802 and/or at least partially above the supply roller 403; 603; 803 is arranged and/or the applicator cylinder 402; 602; 802 below the counter-pressure means 408; 608; 808 and/or at least partially above the supply roller 403; 603; 803 is arranged and/or the supply roller 403; 603; 803 at least partially below the applicator cylinder 402; 602; 802 and/or at least partially below counter-pressure means 408; 608; 808 arranged.

Preferably, the supply roller is 403; 603; 803 from the applicator cylinder 402; 602; 802 can be parked and/or arranged so that it can be moved towards them. A corresponding first displacement device, in particular a lifting device, is preferably arranged for this purpose. The supply roller 403; 603; 803 moves, while an axis of rotation of the applicator cylinder 402; 602; 802 remains unchanged. However, application cylinder 402 is also preferred; 602; 802 from the counter-pressure means 408; 608; 808, in particular impression cylinder 408; 608; 808 can be set down and/or arranged such that it can be moved towards it, more preferably together with the supply roller 403; 603; 803. A corresponding second displacement device, in particular a lifting device, is preferably provided for this purpose, which is more preferably capable of moving an assembly that includes both the application cylinder 402; 602; 802 thus also the supply roller 403; 603; 803 and more preferably also has the first displacement device.

At least one diagonal register setting device is preferably provided, in particular as part of the respective coating unit 400; 600; 800. The at least one diagonal register setting device has, for example, at least one and more preferably at least two rotary bearings, in particular radial bearings, which can be displaced with respect to the transport direction T provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, and which are used for a rotatable mounting of the forme cylinder 402; 602; 802 serve. If this at least one rotary bearing is moved with at least one component in or against the transport direction T, or if these two rotary bearings are moved at least with different components in or against the transport direction T, the result is an inclined position of the axis of rotation of application cylinder 402; 602; 802. In this way, the coating medium is transferred to the sheet or sheets 02 at an angle compared to before, with the angular position preferably being able to be influenced in a targeted manner. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one diagonal register setting device preferably has at least one on application cylinder 402; 602; 802 arranged positioning device, by means of which a position of the dressing relative to the lateral surface of the application cylinder 402; 602; 802 can be set and/or is fixed. For example, the at least one diagonal register setting device has at least one pivotable suspension rail for elevators, into which the at least one elevator is and/or can be suspended, for example by means of a particularly leading suspension leg. The at least one diagonal register setting device can preferably be operated automatically.

The coating unit 400; 600; 800 preferably has at least one incoming transport means 411; 611; 811 on. The at least one incoming means of transport 411; 611; 811 is preferably in front of a first coating point 409; 609; 809 of the respective coating unit 400; 600; 800 arranged. The at least one incoming means of transport 411; 611; 811 is used, for example, to coat the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, at least at the first coating point 409; 609; 809, in particular from an input 412; 612; 812 of the coating unit 400; 600; 800 out. The at least one incoming means of transport 411; 611; 811 is therefore used, for example, to feed sheets 02 to priming point 409, in particular from an input 412 of priming unit 400, and/or to feed substrate 02 to be processed, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, to printing point 609, in particular from an input 612 of printing unit 600 and/or for feeding sheets 02 to varnishing point 809, in particular from an input 812 of varnishing unit 800. The at least one incoming means of transport 411; 611; 811 is preferred as suction transport means 411; 611; 811, in particular as a suction belt 411; 611; 811 and/or as a suction box belt 411; 611; 811 and/or as a roller suction system 411; 611; 811. What is described above and below about suction means of transport preferably applies accordingly.

The at least one incoming means of transport 411; 611; 811 is, for example, as the upper suction transport means 411; 611; 811, whose suction openings or suction openings preferably point at least essentially downwards and/or whose suction effect is preferably directed at least essentially upwards. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one incoming means of transport 411; 611; 811 as lower suction transport means 411; 611; 811, whose suction openings or suction openings preferably point at least essentially upwards and/or whose suction effect is preferably directed at least essentially downwards. The selection is, for example, from upstream units and/or from the mode of operation of the coating unit 400; 600; 800 dependent. Alternatively, the coating unit 400; 600; 800 formed, for example, without incoming means of transport. A unit arranged in front of it is then preferably configured in such a way that sheets 02 can be transferred directly to the coating point 409; 609; 809 can be done. This is possible, for example, if the unit arranged in front of it is designed as a transport device 700, in particular a transport unit 700 or transport module 700.

The coating unit 400; 600; 800 preferably has at least one outgoing transport means 417; 617; 817 on. The at least one outgoing transport means 417; 617; 817 is preferably located after coating point 409; 609; 809 arranged. The at least one outgoing transport means 417; 617; 817 is used, for example, to separate the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing material 02 and/or sheets 02, from the coating point 409; 609; 809 to be discharged, in particular to an exit 413; 613; 813 of the coating unit 400; 600; 800 before and/or after processing of the respective sheet 02 in the coating unit 400; 600; 800. The at least one departing means of transport 417; 617; 817 is therefore used, for example, to remove sheets 02 from the priming point 409, in particular to an outlet 413 of the priming unit 400 and/or to remove sheets 02 from the printing point 609, in particular to an outlet 613 of the printing unit 600 and/or to to remove the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing material 02 and/or sheets 02, from the coating point 809, in particular to an outlet 812 of the coating unit 800. The at least one outgoing transport means 417; 617; 817 is preferred as suction transport means 417; 617; 817, in particular as a suction belt 417; 617; 817 and/or as a suction box belt 417; 617; 817 and/or as a roller suction system 417; 617; 817. What is described above and below about suction means of transport preferably applies accordingly.

The at least one outgoing transport means 417; 617; 817 is, for example, as the upper suction transport means 417; 617; 817, whose suction openings or suction openings preferably point at least essentially downwards and/or whose suction effect is preferably directed at least essentially upwards. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one outgoing transport means 417; 617; 817 as lower suction transport means 417; 617; 817, whose suction openings or suction openings preferably point at least essentially upwards and/or whose suction effect is preferably directed at least essentially downwards. The selection depends, for example, on whether the coating unit 400; 600; 800 as a coating unit 400 that coats from above and/or is capable of being coated from above; 600; 800 or as a coating unit 400 that coats from below and/or is capable of being coated from below; 600; 800 is trained. Preferably, as a coating unit 400 that coats from above and/or is capable of being coated from above; 600; 800 as a lower suction transport means 417; 617; 817 trained outgoing transport means 417; 617; 817 and/or has a coating unit 400 that coats from below and/or is capable of being coated from below; 600; 800 as an upper suction transport means 417; 617; 817 trained outgoing transport means 417; 617; 817 on. This preferably prevents a coating that has just been carried out from being damaged by the outgoing transport means 417; 617; 817 could be damaged. Alternatively, the coating unit 400; 600; 800 formed, for example, without expiring means of transport. A unit arranged downstream is then preferably configured in such a way that the sheets 02 can be transferred directly from the coating point 409; 609; 809 can be done from. This is possible, for example, if the unit arranged downstream is designed as a transport device 700 or transport means 700, in particular transport unit 700 or transport module 700.

As flexo coating units 400; 600; 800 trained coating units 400; 600; 800 each have, for example, exactly one coating point 409; 609; 809 on. For the application of a plurality of different coating agents, a plurality of flexographic coating units 400; 600; 800, in particular flexographic printing units 600 are arranged.

For example, the at least one flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800 trained coating aggregate 400; 600; 800 each has at least one dedicated, in particular integrated, drying system 500 or drying device 506 that is assigned to it. This is, for example, on the at least one outgoing transport means 417; 617; 817 of this respective one as a flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800 trained coating unit 400; 600; 800 aligned.

In the following, more detailed explanations of a coating unit 400; 600; 800 made as a non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800, in particular non-impact coating module 400; 600; 800, for example as a jet coating unit 400; 600; 800, in particular inkjet coating unit 400; 600; 800 and/or blast coating module 400; 600; 800, in particular ink jet coating module 400; 600; 800 is trained. Unless there are any contradictions, what is described is analogous to other embodiments of the coating unit 400; 600; 800 transferable, in particular to other non-impact printing units 600. The blast coating unit 400; 600; 800 preferably has at least one print head 416; 616; 816 on. The at least one printhead 416; 616; 816 is, for example, an ink jet print head 416; 616; 816 trained.

The jet coating unit 400; 600; 800 is described using the example of a jet printing unit 600, in particular an inkjet printing unit 600 and/or jet printing module 600. However, the same applies to a jet priming unit 400, in particular jet priming module 400, and/or a jet painting unit 800, in particular jet painting module 800.

The at least one jet coating unit 400; 600; 800, in particular inkjet printing unit 600, of processing machine 01 preferably in turn has at least one coating point 409; 609; 809, in particular pressure point 609. Under a coating point 409; 609; 809, in particular pressure point 609, is also in the case of a non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 is to be understood as a preferably complete area in which contact is made or can be made between the same coating medium, in particular ink, on the one hand and a respective sheet 02 on the other. The concept of the coating site 409; 609; 809, in particular pressure point 609, should also be used when the coating medium is applied to sheet 02 without contact between sheet 02 on the one hand and a component transferring the coating medium on the other, for example through a freely moving coating medium striking sheet 02, for example flying drops of coating agent. Preferably, a coating site 409; 609; 809, in particular pressure point 609, all areas that are required for an impact of a specific, in particular this coating point 409; 609; 809, in particular printing point 609, are provided on sheets 02. In the case of a printing unit 600 that operates according to the inkjet printing method, a printing position 609 comprises all areas that are intended for an impact of black ink, for example, on a first side of sheet 02.

The at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800, in particular printing unit 600, preferably has a plurality of coating points 409; 609; 809, in particular pressure points 609, to which a respective coating agent is assigned, for example at least four coating points 409; 609; 809, in particular pressure points 609, preferably at least five coating points 409; 609; 809, in particular pressure points 609, more preferably at least six coating points 409; 609; 809, in particular pressure points 609 and even more preferably at least seven coating points 409; 609; 809, especially pressure points 609.

As non-impact coating units 400; 600; 800, in particular inkjet coating units 400; 600; 800 trained coating units 400; 600; 800 each preferably have at least several, in particular at least four, preferably at least five, more preferably at least six and even more preferably at least seven coating points 409; 609; 809 on. For example, only one such coating unit 400; 600; 800 necessary. Alternatively, a number of non-impact coating units 400; 600; 800, in particular non-impact printing units 600 arranged.

In particular in non-impact coating aggregates 400; 600; 800, in particular in jet coating units 400; 600; 800 such as inkjet printing units 600, for example, water-based coating materials and/or wax-based coating materials and/or UV-curing coating materials are used. Possibly arranged dryer units 500 are preferably designed to match the corresponding coating means, ie they have energy sources in the form of infrared radiation sources and/or UV radiation, for example swell and/or hot air sources and/or electron beam sources.

Each coating point 409; 609; 809, in particular printing point 609, preferably has at least one application point 418; 618; 818 on. Each job site 418; 618; 818 is preferably at least one image-generating device 416; 616; 816, in particular at least one print head 416; 616; 816 and more preferably at least one row of printheads. Each job site 418; 618 818 preferably extends in the transverse direction A, more preferably over the entire working width of processing machine 01. In the case of an inkjet printing machine 01, the at least one image-generating device 416; 616; 816 preferably as at least one print head 416; 616; 816, in particular ink jet print head 416; 616; 816 trained. The at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 preferably has at least two print heads 416; 616; 816 on. For example, the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 in that the at least two print heads 416; 616; 816 as print heads 416 designed for a non-impact printing method; 616; 816 are formed and more preferably in that the at least two print heads 416; 616; 816 as ink jet print heads 416; 616; 816 are trained. imaging devices 416; 616; 816 such as printheads 416; 616; 816 usually have limited dimensions, particularly in the transverse direction A. This results in a restricted area of sheet 02 onto which a respective print head 416; 616; 816 coating agent can be applied. Therefore, usually several imaging devices 416; 616; 816 or printheads 416; 616; 816 arranged one behind the other in the transverse direction A. Such print heads 416; 616; 816 are referred to as a printhead row. There are discontinuous rows of printheads and continuous rows of printheads. In the special case of a print head 416 extending over the entire working width; 616; 816, this should also be considered a row of printheads, in particular as a continuous row of printheads.

For example, at least one coating means has a plurality of application points 418; 618; 818, for example in the form that two continuous rows or two double rows of print heads 416; 616; 816 eject or are capable of ejecting the same coating agent. This is useful, for example, in order to increase the resolution of a printed image and/or to increase the speed of a coating process. These multiple job sites 418; 618; 818 then together form the coating point 409 assigned to this coating agent; 609; 809, in particular pressure point 609. A resolution with respect to the transverse direction A is preferably 1200 dpi (1200 pixels per inch). The resolution with respect to the transport direction T is determined by the number of print heads 416 arranged one behind the other; 616; 816 and/or can be influenced by the transport speed of sheets 02.

A coating unit 400; 600; 800 includes, for example, only one coating point 409; 609; 809, in particular pressure point 609, for example for the color black. The at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 but as described several coating points 409; 609; 809, in particular pressure points 609. The coating points 409; 609; 809, in particular pressure points 609, can directly adjoin one another spatially or be spaced apart from one another, for example separated by color. Under the term of a coating point 409; 609; 809, in particular pressure point 609, should also include a section that - e.g. B. without interruption by another color - several consecutive application sites 418; 618; 818 of the same color. However, if there are one or more application points 418; 618; 818 of an ink along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, viewed through at least one single or multiple application point 418; 618; 818 separated from at least one other color, these represent two different coating points 409; 609; 809, in particular pressure points 609. In the case of only one coating point 409; 609; 809, in particular printing point 609, this simultaneously represents the first and the last coating point 409; 609; 809, in particular pressure point 609 of the relevant coating unit 400; 600; 800. For example, in the case of an indirect inkjet printing method, a coating site 409; 609; 809, in particular pressure point 609, a contact area between a transfer body and the respective sheet 02.

For example, the jet coating unit 400; 600; 800 at least one counter-pressure means 408; 608; 808, which, however, is preferably not used to clamp the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing material 02 and/or the sheets 02, but only to hold it in position. At least one such counter-pressure means 408; 608; 808 is, for example, as counter-pressure belt 408; 608; 808 and/or as means of transport 411; 417; 611; 617; 811; 817, in particular suction transport means 411; 417; 611; 617; 811; 817 trained. Particularly preferably, the jet coating unit 400; 600; 800 viewed in the direction of transport T, only one means of transport 411; 417; 611; 617; 811; 817, which is more preferably used as suction transport means 411; 417; 611; 617; 811; 817 is formed and at the same time as incoming transport means 411; 611; 811 and/or as counter-pressure means 408; 608; 808 and/or as outgoing transport means 417; 617; 817 is formed.

If the coating unit 400; 600; 800 as a jet coating unit 400; 600; 800 is designed, it is preferably also designed as a coating unit 400 that coats from above and/or is capable of being coated from above; 600; 800 formed, in particular because of the commonly used designs of print heads 416; 616; 816. Then the print heads 416; 616; 816 above the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, and/or above the transport means 411; 417; 611; 617; 811; 817 counter-pressure means 408; 608; 808 arranged. When using suitable printheads 416; 616; 816, the jet coating unit 400; 600; 800 but in principle also as a coating unit 400 that coats from below and/or is capable of being coated from below; 600; 800 trained.

Alternatively or additionally, sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that at least one non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 at least two, more preferably at least three and even more preferably at least four arranged one behind the other along a transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, with respect to at least one coupling device 422; 622; 822 identically constructed receptacles 421; 621; 821, each for selectively receiving a respective at least one print head assembly 424; 624; 824 or as at least one dryer assembly 504 designed standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 are trained.

Preference is given to a system having at least one sheet-fed printing press as described above and/or below and at least one print head assembly 424; 624; 824 trained standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 as described above and/or below and at least one standard assembly 424 designed as a dryer assembly 504; 504; 624; 824 as described above and/or below.

At least one of the receiving devices 421; 621; 821 with at least one and more preferably exactly one as a print head assembly 424; 624; 824 trained standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 occupied. Alternatively or additionally, at least one, in particular at least one other, of the receiving devices 421; 621; 821 with at least one and more preferably precisely one standard assembly 424 designed as a dryer assembly 504; 504; 624; 824 occupied. A dryer assembly 504 takes up the space of a receiving device 421, for example; 621; 821 or the space for several receiving devices 421; 621; 821. For example, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is thus alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least two of the receiving devices 421; 621; 821 with a respective at least part of these at least two receiving devices 421; 621; 821 extending drying device 506 are occupied. Alternatively or additionally, at least one, in particular at least one other, of the receiving devices 421; 621; 821 is unassigned, i.e. free.

The standard assemblies 424; 504; 624; 824 are preferably alternative to each other in the receiving devices 421; 621; 821 arrangeable. In particular, it is preferred in each of the receiving devices 421; 621; 821 freely selectable either a print head assembly 424; 624; 824 or a dryer assembly 504 can be arranged. Alternatively or additionally, sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that all standard assemblies 424; 504; 624; 824 have the same structure with regard to at least one geometric parameter. This at least one geometric parameter is, for example, a width of an available installation space and/or an arrangement of elements required for fastening the respective standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 serve.

Alternatively or additionally, sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that each of receiving devices 421; 621; 821 is assigned at least one spatial region, which in particular extends continuously over at least one working width of the at least one non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 in particular between side walls 428; 628; 828 of a frame 427; 627; 827 of the at least one non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 and for receiving as at least one print head assembly 424; 624; 824 or as at least one dryer assembly 504 designed standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 is available or serves.

The respective receiving device 421; 621; 821 consists, for example, of standardized arranged and executed threaded holes in side walls 428; 628; 828 of a frame 427; 627; 827 of at least one non-impact coating processing unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 and the space kept free in between for example print heads 416; 616; 816 or dryer devices 506. Alternatively or additionally, sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that the at least one coupling device 422; 622; 822 at least three and more preferably at least four to the frame 427; 627; 827 of the at least one non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 associated coupling receptacles 423; 623; 823, which are arranged in pairs to define relative standard distances and that each of the particularly arranged standard assemblies 424; 504; 624; 824 has at least three and more preferably at least four coupling elements, which in particular with regard to respective contact points in pairs in the coupling receptacles 423; 623; 823 are arranged relative standard distances from one another and more preferably as respective counterparts to these coupling receptacles 423; 623; 823 are trained. The coupling recordings 423; 623; 823 are designed, for example, as bores and/or recesses and/or bolts and/or screws and/or supports and/or stops. The coupling recordings 423; 623; 823 are arranged in pairs defining relative standard distances, for example by means of respective contact points provided.

Alternatively or additionally, sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that the at least one print head assembly 424; 624; 824 trained standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 at least one extending in the transverse direction A, in particular over an entire working width of the at least one non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 extending array of printheads 416; 616; 816 has. Alternatively or additionally, sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that the at least one print head assembly 424; 624; 824 trained standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 at least two in the transverse direction A, in particular over an entire working width of the at least one non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 extending rows of printheads 416; 616; 816 and that areas of action of these at least two rows of print heads 416; 616; 816 are arranged one behind the other with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and/or sheets 02.

Alternatively or additionally, sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that a total of at least four and more preferably exactly four rows of print heads 416; 616; 816 are arranged and that effective areas of these at least four rows of print heads 416; 616; 816 are arranged one behind the other with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and/or sheets 02. Alternatively or additionally, sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that a total of at least eight and more preferably exactly eight rows of print heads 416; 616; 816 are arranged and that effective areas of these at least eight rows of print heads 416; 616; 816 are arranged one behind the other with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and/or sheets 02. Alternatively or additionally, sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that at least one of the non-impact coating modules 600 is designed as a printing module 600 and/or is designed as an inkjet coating module 600 and/or at least one inkjet print head 416; 616; 816 has.

Under a printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 is preferably at least one assembly 424; 624; 824, the at least one print head 416; 616; 816 and preferably multiple printheads 416; 616; 816 and which preferably has at least one support body on which the at least one print head 416; 616; 816 is attached directly or indirectly and relative to which the at least one print head 416; 616; 816 is arranged stationary in a normal printing operation. A relative movement takes place, for example, for adjustment purposes and/or for assembly purposes. A printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 is exemplified but not necessarily as a standard assembly 424; 624; 824 trained. As printhead assemblies 424; 624; 824 are also assemblies 424; 624; 824, which are not designed as standard assemblies, but several print heads 416; 616; 816, which are arranged to be movable together and/or together form a printhead row or a double row of printheads 416; 616; 816 form. Assemblies 504 that are not designed as standard assemblies, but energy output devices 501; 502; 503 or other elements that are arranged to be movable together and/or together form a drying device 506.

At least one printhead 416; 616; 816 with at least one positioning device 426; 626; 826 connected and/or connectable, in particular with at least one positioning device 426; 626; 826 for positioning the at least a printhead 416; 616; 816 and/or at least one print head assembly 424; 624; 824. The at least one print head 416; 616; 816 permanently with the at least one positioning device 426; 626; 826 and only for assembly and/or disassembly purposes and/or to replace the at least one print head 416; 616; 816 from the at least one positioning device 426; 626; 826 separable. This at least one print head is preferably 416; 616; 816 by means of the at least one positioning device 426; 626; 826 relative to a frame 427; 627; 827 of the at least one non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 arranged to be movable, in particular arranged to be movable at least with respect to a vertical direction V and/or by at least 0.5 cm, more preferably at least 2 cm and even more preferably at least 10 cm and even more preferably at least 25 cm.

Processing machine 01, in particular sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least one print head assembly 424; 624; 824, ie in particular at least one as a print head assembly 424; 624; 824 trained standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 or a non-standard assembly 424; 624; 824 formed printhead assembly 424; 624; 824, at least one positioning device 426; 626; 826, by means of which at least all print heads 416; 616; 816 of that respective printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 in particular together relative to a frame 427; 627; 827 of the at least one non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 are arranged to be movable, in particular at least with respect to a vertical direction V and/or are arranged to be movable by at least 0.5 cm, more preferably at least 2 cm and even more preferably at least 10 cm and even more preferably at least 25 cm. Preferably, all printheads are 416; 616; 816 of a respective printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 by means of the positioning device 426; 626; 826 of that respective printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 can be optionally arranged at least either in a respective assigned printing position or in at least one respective assigned rest position. Preferably, regardless of the presence of a printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 at least one print head 416; 616; 816, and more preferably each printhead 416; 616; 816 can be arranged in a respective printing position assigned to it. The at least one respective rest position preferably differs from the respective printing position.

The at least one print head 416; 616; 816, in particular by means of the at least one positioning device 426; 626; 826 can be arranged in at least one rest position and more preferably in at least two different rest positions. The at least one rest position is designed, for example, as at least one maintenance position and/or as at least one assembly position. A maintenance position is preferably a position in which the at least one print head 416; 616; 816 can be maintained, for example cleaned and/or aligned and/or stored in a state that is secured in particular against contamination and/or drying out, in particular without the at least one print head 416; 616; 816 from sheet-fed printing press 01 and/or the respective non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 to take. A mounting position is preferably a position in which the at least one print head 416; 616; 816 from sheet-fed printing press 01 and/or the respective non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 and/or into the sheet-fed printing press 01 and/or the respective non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 can be used. In particular, more space is preferably available in the mounting position for an operator to work on the at least one print head 416; 616; 816, while in the maintenance position there is preferably only sufficient space to be able to carry out internal, in particular automatic processes within sheet-fed printing press 01, for example cleaning a nozzle surface of at least one print head 416; 616; 816

Preferred is a spacing between each print head 416; 616; 816 on the one hand and a respective conveyor belt 718; 726, on the other hand, with the respective print head 416; 616; 816 smaller than when the respective print head 416; 616; 816 and in particular when the respective print head 416; 616; 816 smaller than when the respective print head 416 is arranged in the respective maintenance position; 616; 816 and/or with the respective print head 416; 616; 816 smaller than when the respective print head 416; 616; 816 and/or when the respective print head 416; 616; 816 smaller than when the respective print head 416; 616; 816

In one embodiment, the at least one positioning device 426; 626; 826 at least one locating guide and more preferably multiple locating guides and even more preferably one locating guide each per moveable printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 and/or per moveable standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 on. Standard assemblies 504 embodied as dryer assembly 504 and/or dryer assembly 504 not embodied as standard assembly 504 likewise have a positioning device, for example. In a preferred embodiment of the at least one positioning device 426; 626; 826 has the at least one positioning device 426; 626; 826 at least one linear positioning guide, preferably embodied as a rail, and more preferably several, in particular four, preferably embodied as rails, and even more preferably at least one positioning guide, preferably embodied as a rail, per movable print head assembly 424; 624; 824 and/or per moveable dryer assembly 504 and/or per moveable standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 on. More preferably, each moveable printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 and/or each movable dryer assembly 504 and/or each movable standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 two positioning guides designed as rails are arranged, in particular one rail for each end of the respective print head assembly 424 relative to the transverse direction A; 624; 824 and/or dryer assembly 504 and/or standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824. Preferably and in particular when the at least one positioning guide is designed as at least one rail, the travel of the respective print head assembly is 424; 624; 824 and/or dryer assembly 504 and/or standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 linear.

The respective positioning device 426; 626; 826 and/or the respective positioning guide is, for example, in contact with the respective side wall 428; 628; 828 of the frame 427; 627; 827 and/or with at least one respective coupling mount 423; 623; 823. Alternatively, at least one additional component is located between each positioning device 426; 626; 826 and/or positioning guide on the one hand and each side wall 428; 628; 828 and/or each coupling mount 423; 623; 823 arranged on the other hand. This respective at least one other component then preferably belongs to the respective print head assembly 424; 624; 824 and/or dryer assembly 504 and/or standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824. This respective at least one other component is embodied, for example, as a frame and is provided with both side walls 428; 628; 828 of the frame 427; 627; 827 in touch. Via this respective at least one other component, there is preferably a connection between the two side walls 428; 628; 828 of the frame 427; 627; 827 independently of the movable components of the respective print head assembly 424; 624; 824 and/or dryer assembly 504 and/or standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824

In particular, regardless of an arrangement of standard assemblies 423; 504; 624; 824 is preferably at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819 for cleaning printheads 416; 616; 816 and/or nozzle surfaces of print heads 416; 616; 816 and/or at least one print head 416; 616; 816 and/or at least one nozzle surface of the at least one print head 416; 616; 816; 412 assignable and/or assigned. The at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819 is preferably arranged to be movable along at least one supply path between at least one parking position and at least one use position, in particular by means of at least one feed device. With several cleaning devices 419; 619; 819 is preferably each cleaning device 419; 619; 819 assigned its own deployment route, its own parking position and its own deployment position. The supply path preferably runs essentially or completely orthogonally to the transverse direction A and more preferably essentially or completely horizontally. An optionally present component of the respective supply path of the at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819 in the transverse direction A is preferably at most 50%, more preferably at most 20%, even more preferably at most 10% and even more preferably at most 2% of the width of the working area of the non-impact coating unit 400 measured in transverse direction A; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800% and/or no more than 50%, more preferably no more than 20%, even more preferably no more than 10% and even more preferably no more than 2% of a working width of sheet-fed printing press 01 defined by a maximum sheet width that can be processed with sheet-fed printing press 01.

The at least one positioning device 426; 626; 826 preferably has at least one positioning drive and more preferably a plurality of positioning drives and even more preferably one positioning drive for each movable print head assembly 424; 624; 824 and/or each moveable dryer assembly 504 and/or each moveable standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 on. For example, a positioning drive is assigned to each positioning guide. The at least one positioning drive is, for example, at least one electric motor and/or at least one hydraulic hydraulic cylinder and/or preferably as at least one pneumatic cylinder. The at least one positioning drive is preferably arranged in such a way that it moves the at least one print head 416; 616; 816 can optionally be moved into its printing position or its rest position, in particular its maintenance position or its assembly position, and more preferably can also be held there. The at least one positioning drive is preferably designed as at least one electric motor, for example as at least one stepper motor, and/or is connected to at least one threaded spindle. The at least one positioning drive is preferably connected in terms of circuitry to the machine controller of printing press 01, in particular sheet-fed printing press 01.

In the at least one maintenance position, there is preferably at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819 of at least one nozzle of the at least one print head 416; 616; 816; 412 and/or can be assigned and is more preferably the at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819 of at least one nozzle of the at least one print head 416; 616; 816; 412 is and/or can be arranged at least partially opposite the at least one nozzle with respect to a respective ejection direction.

A position of this respective at least one nozzle preferably differs when the print head 416 is arranged in the at least one printing position; 616; 816 and a position of this respective at least one nozzle when the print head 416 is arranged in the at least one maintenance position and/or assembly position; 616; 816 in relation to the transverse direction A by at most 50%, more preferably at most 20% and even more preferably at most 10% and even more preferably at most 2% of a width of a working area of the respective print head assembly 424 measured in transverse direction A; 624; 824 and/or at most 50% and more preferably at most 20% and even more preferably at most 10% and even more preferably at most 2% of the maximum with sheet-fed printing press 01 and/or the respective non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 workable sheet width of sheet-fed printing press 01 and/or the respective non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800

Preferably, when the print head 416 is arranged in the at least one maintenance position; 616; 816 at least one maintenance device 419; 619; 819 and/or cleaning device 419; 619; 819 between at least one nozzle of the at least one print head 416; 616; 816; 412 and an area of the transport path provided for sheets 02 that is closest to this at least one nozzle.

Alternatively or additionally, the sheet-fed printing press is preferably characterized in that the at least one non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 at least one maintenance device 419; 619; 819 and/or cleaning device 419; 619; 819 for printheads 416; 616; 816, which is movably arranged along a staging path between a parked position and a use position. The maintenance device 419; 619; 819 is, for example, as a cover and/or as a cleaning device 419; 619; 819 trained.

The at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819 preferably has an extension in each spatial direction that is greater than 10 cm, more preferably greater than 15 cm. The at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819 has an extent in the transverse direction A that is at least as large as the working area of the respective associated print head assembly 424; 624; 824 in the transverse direction A. The at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819 in a transport direction of sheets 02 has an extent that is at least as large as the working area of the respective associated print head assembly 424; 624; 824 in the transport direction of the sheets 02. As a result, all nozzles of all print heads 416; 616; 816 of the respective printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 can be cleaned in one operation.

Each maintenance position is preferably at least one print head 416; 616; 816 a clear usage position of at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819 assigned. The at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819 as at least one protective cover 419; 619; 819, more preferably by means of the at least one print head 416; 616; 816; 412 a closed volume can be limited. Preferred for a total of four printhead assemblies are 424; 624; 824 of a non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 a total of four cleaning devices 419; 619; 819, which each have at least one area that serves and/or can be used as a protective cover, which also serves as a cleaning area.

When the at least one print head 416; 616; 816 at least one nozzle of this at least one print head 416; 616; 816 below deployment is arranged along the path along which the at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819 is preferably arranged to be movable between the at least one parking position and the at least one use position, preferably by means of the at least one feed device. When the at least one print head 416; 616; 816 this at least one nozzle is arranged above this supply path.

To clean the at least one nozzle surface of the at least one print head 416; 616; 816 is the at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819 provided. The at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819 preferably has at least one cleaning element or cleaning module and preferably at least one collecting device, in particular a collecting tray. The at least one cleaning element or cleaning module is preferably arranged such that it can be moved relative to the at least one collecting device. The at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819 as a whole relative to the at least one print head 416; 616; 816 arranged to be movable, in particular while the cleaning device 419; 619; 819 is and remains in the maintenance position.

The through the coating unit 400; 600; 800 or coating module 400; 600; 800 of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, is preferably essentially flat and more preferably completely flat and is preferably designed to run essentially and more preferably exclusively horizontally. This preferably applies to every embodiment of the coating unit 400; 600; 800, ie in particular when it is used as a flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800 and/or as a non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 is trained.

Preferably, the preferred aggregate is 400; 600; 800 and/or module 400; 600; 800 trained coating device 400; 600; 800 alternatively or additionally characterized in that the through the coating device 400; 600; 800 defined section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, at an entry level of coating system 400; 600; 800 begins and/or at an initial height of the coating device 400; 600; 800 ends. The coating device 400; 600; 800 characterized in that this input height of the coating device 400; 600; 800 deviates from the first standard height by a maximum of 5 cm, more preferably a maximum of 1 cm and even more preferably a maximum of 2 mm and/or that the starting height of the coating device 400; 600; 800 deviates from the first standard height by a maximum of 5 cm, more preferably a maximum of 1 cm and even more preferably a maximum of 2 mm and/or that the entry height of the coating device 400; 600; 800 from the exit height of the coater 400; 600; 800 µm deviates by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm.

Regardless of the design of the coating unit 400; 600; 800 as a flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800 and/or jet coating unit 400; 600; 800 has the coating unit 400; 600; 800 preferably has at least one dedicated drive M400; M401; M600; M601; M800; M801 or M400 engine; M401; M600; M601; M800; M801, which is preferably designed as a position-controlled electric motor in particular. In the case of training as a flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800 has the coating unit 400; 600; 800 preferably at least one further drive M401; M601; M801 or PTO M401; M601; M801, which at least corresponds to the application cylinder 402; 602; 802 or forme cylinder 402; 602; 802 is assigned. The at least one power take-off M401; M610; M801 preferably drives at least this application cylinder 402; 602; 802 or forme cylinder 402; 602; 802 independent of a main drive M400; M600; M800 of the coating aggregate 400; 600; 800 and/or is preferably capable of such independent driving. The main drive is M400; M600; M800 prefers at least counter-pressure means 408; 608; 808, more preferably also any incoming and/or outgoing transport means 411; 611; 811; 417; 617; 817, in particular regardless of the design of the coating unit 400; 600; 800 as a flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800 or as a non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or jet coating aggregate 400; 600; 800

Regardless of the design of the coating unit 400; 600; 800 as a flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800 and/or non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 and/or jet coating unit 400; 600; 800 has the coating unit 400; 600; 800 preferably has at least one transfer means 03, which preferably serves to transport the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing substrate 02 and/or the sheets 02, between the coating unit 400; 600; 800, in particular coating module 400; 600; 800 on the one hand and at least one other unit 100; 200; 300; 500; 550; 700; 900; 1000 and/or at least one other module 100; 200; 300; 500; 550; 700; 900; 1000 on the other hand to support and/o to carry out. For example, the at least one transfer means 03 is embodied as a front transfer means 03 and/or the coating point 409; 609; 809 and/or the at least one incoming transport means 411; 611; 811 upstream with respect to the transport direction T and/or with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one transfer means is designed as a rear transfer means and/or the coating point 409; 609; 809 and/or the at least one outgoing transport means 417; 617; 817 with respect to the transport direction T and/or with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02.

For example, the coating unit 400; 600; 800 has at least one pressure roller or pressure roller, by means of which sheets 02 are pressed against the at least one transport means 411; 611; 811; 417; 617; 817 can be subjected to a force. As a result, the position of sheets 02 can be held precisely, in particular during a transfer between units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000

After at least one coating device 400; 600; 800 and more preferably immediately after at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 at least one drying system 500 and/or drying device 506 is arranged. The at least one drying system 500 and/or drying device 506 is preferably used to fix coating material on the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing substrate 02 and/or the sheet 02. Depending on the coating material, different drying processes are preferable. Drying system 500 and/or drying device 506 preferably has at least one energy output device 501; 502; 503 on. For example, at least one energy output device 501 embodied as an infrared radiation source 501 is provided. Alternatively or additionally, at least one energy output device 502 embodied as a hot air source 502 is provided. Alternatively or additionally, at least one energy output device 503 embodied as a UV radiation source 503 is provided. Alternatively or additionally, at least one energy output device designed as an electron beam source is arranged. For example, at least one area is also provided in which the effective areas of different energy output devices 501; 502; 503 overlap. As an alternative or in addition, at least one area is provided which is only in the effective area of one type of energy output device 501; 502; 503 lies. At least one air supply line and/or at least one air discharge line is preferably provided, in particular with the at least energy output device 501; 502; 503 and/or as part of the at least one drying system 500 and/or drying device 506. This allows water vapor and/or solvents and/or saturated air to be removed and/or, if necessary, processed.

The at least one drying system 500 has at least one frame 508, for example. The at least one drying system 500 has at least one transport means 511, for example, which is more preferably embodied as a suction transport means 511. What is described above and below about suction transport means preferably applies accordingly. Drying system 500 preferably has at least one dedicated drive M500 or motor M500, in particular electric motor M500 or position-controlled electric motor M500, which is more preferably arranged to drive and/or be capable of driving the at least one transport means 511. Drying system 500 preferably has at least one transfer means 03 for sheets 02. The section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, defined by drying system 500 is preferably essentially flat and more preferably completely flat and is preferably designed to run essentially and more preferably exclusively horizontally. As an alternative or in addition to at least one separate drying device 500, at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 or a plurality of coating aggregates 400; 600; 800 or each coating aggregate 400; 600; 800 each has at least one dedicated, in particular integrated, drying system 500 or drying device 506 that is assigned to it. Such an assignment is to be understood in particular as meaning that the drying device 500 or drying device 506 of the respective coating unit 400; 600; 800 before any job location 418; 618; 818 of each of these respective coating units 400; 600; 800 with respect to the downstream coating unit 400; 600; 800 is arranged.

Sheet-fed printing press 01 is characterized, for example, in that at least one post-drying system 507 is provided, which has at least one air outlet opening that is at least partially aligned with the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02. The at least one post-drying Device 507 preferably serves to reuse heat contained in air previously used to dry sheets. This is done, for example, by the air transported away from sheet 02 being fed back to sheet 02 and/or giving off its heat by means of a heat exchanger to air, which in turn is fed to sheet 02. The at least one post-drying device 507 is preferably characterized in that at least one air supply line of this at least one post-drying device 507 for energy transfer and/or for gas transfer by means of at least one gas line and/or at least one heat exchanger is connected to at least one air discharge line of at least one drying device located upstream with respect to the transport direction T 500 or drying device 506 is connected.

Alternatively or additionally, sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, upstream of the at least one non-impact coating module 600; 800 at least one priming module 400 of sheet-fed printing press 01 is arranged. The at least one priming module 400 is embodied, for example, as a flexo coating module 400 or preferably as a non-impact coating module 400.

Alternatively or additionally, sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, in particular after an application point 418 of the at least one priming module 400 and/or after the at least one priming module 400 and/or in front of at least one application point 618 of the at least one non-impact coating module 600 and/or in front of the at least one non-impact coating module 600 and/or in front of each non-impact coating module 600 configured as a printing module 600, at least one drying device 506 is arranged, in particular on the for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, is aligned. This at least one drying device 506 is, for example, either part of one of the at least one non-impact coating module 400; 600; 800 and the priming module 400 and is preferably independent drying module 500. Alternatively, this at least one drying device 506 is integrated into the at least one priming module 400, for example.

For example, in a preferred embodiment of sheet-fed printing press 01, at least one drying device 506 is integrated into the at least one priming module 400 and at least one drying device 500 is arranged downstream of priming module 400 with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02 and/or drying device 506 and/or energy output device 501; 502; 504 with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, only after at least one application point 618 of the at least one non-impact printing unit 600, preferably embodied as a non-impact printing module 600, aligned with the intended transport path. For example, the at least one non-impact printing unit 600 embodied as a non-impact printing module 600 has at least one drying device 506 and/or at least one energy output device 501; 502; 504, which, with regard to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, after at least one application point 618 of this at least one non-impact printing unit 600, preferably embodied as a non-impact printing module 600, and before at least one other application point 618 of this at least one non-impact printing unit 600, preferably embodied as a non-impact printing module 600, is arranged aligned with the intended transport path. Intermediate drying of one or more inks of one or more colors is thus possible before application of at least one further ink, in particular of a different color.

For example, the at least one printing module 600 then preferably has at least one transport means 611, which is more preferably embodied as a suction transport means 611 and/or suction belt 611 and/or suction box belt 611 and/or roller suction system 611. This at least one transport means 611 then preferably extends along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, under the at least one first application point 618 of printing module 600 and under at least one drying system downstream of this at least one application point 618 506 of the printing module 600 and more preferably under every other, in particular downstream application point 618 of the printing module 600 and more preferably under every other, in particular downstream drying device 506 and/or energy output device 501; 502; 504 of the printing module 600, regardless of whether this drying device 506 and/or energy output device 501; 502; 504 of the printing module 600 is arranged between application points 618 of the printing module 600 or after a last application point 618 of the print module 600. Preferentially exactly one such described means of transport 611 is arranged along the transport path and several such means of transport 611 are arranged side by side with respect to the transverse direction A, or more preferably just one such means of transport 611 is also arranged. This respective means of transport 611 therefore preferably extends under all application points 618 of the printing module 600 and under all drying device 506 of the printing module 600 arranged between application points 618 of the printing module 600 and more preferably under all drying device 506 of the printing module 600 arranged after all application points 618 of the printing module 600. ( An example of such a print module is in 18d shown.) Sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably alternatively or additionally characterized in that a printing module 600 is provided and this printing module 600 along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, has a continuous transport means 611, in particular suction transport means 611 and/or suction belt 611 and/or suction box belt 611 and/or roller suction system 611, on which at least four rows of print heads 616 are aligned one behind the other and on which at least one drying device 506 and/or at least one energy output device 501; 502; 504 aligned. In addition, at least one further drying device 506 and/or at least one energy output device 501; 502; 504 aligned with this continuous means of transport 611.

Alternatively or additionally, the at least one non-impact coating unit 600 and/or non-impact printing unit 600 and/or sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that conveyor belt 718; 726 of the at least one suction belt 611 of non-impact coating device 600 has a width measured in transverse direction A of at least 30 cm, preferably at least 50 cm, more preferably at least 100 cm and even more preferably at least 150 cm. As a result, sheets 02 of appropriate width can be transported precisely and a large working width of the sheet-fed printing press 01 can be achieved.

Alternatively or additionally, the at least one non-impact coating unit 600 and/or non-impact printing unit 600 and/or the sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that the non-impact coating module 600 has at least one and preferably precisely one transport means 611 embodied as a suction belt 611 and that the at least one non-impact coating module 600 has at least one standing area 629 for at least one operator, who is at least at times vertically above the suction belt 611 and in particular above the conveyor belt 718; 726 of the suction belt 611 is and/or can be arranged. This at least one standing surface 629 is arranged rigidly or pivotably, for example. This at least one standing surface 629 ensures convenient accessibility, for example to the print heads 416; 616; 816 reachable.

Alternatively or additionally, the at least one non-impact coating unit 600 and/or non-impact printing unit 600 and/or the sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that the non-impact coating module 600 has at least one and preferably exactly one transport means 611 embodied as a suction belt 611 and/or or that at least one tensioning means 736 for setting and/or maintaining a particular mechanical tension of the conveyor belt 718; 726 is arranged in particular of the suction belt 611 and in particular with this conveyor belt 718; 726 is placed in contact. At least one deflection roller 736 is arranged as such a clamping means 736, for example, the axis of rotation of which is arranged to be displaceable. This allows during operation and / or when replacing the conveyor belt 718; 726 precisely set the appropriate operating conditions.

Alternatively or additionally, the at least one non-impact coating unit 600 and/or non-impact printing unit 600 and/or the sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that at least one post-drying unit 507 is provided, which at least one is at least partially assigned to the at least one and preferably precisely one as a suction belt 611 transport means 611 of the non-impact pressure module 600 aligned arranged arranged air outlet opening. More preferably, at least one air supply line of this at least one post-drying device 507 is connected to at least one air discharge line for energy transfer and/or for gas transfer by means of at least one gas line and/or at least one heat exchanger, with this air discharge line preferably being an air discharge line of at least one with respect to the transport of substrate 02 , in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, and/or the transport direction T of the suction belt 611 upstream drying device 500 or drying device 506 is. The at least one air outlet opening, which is at least partially aligned with the at least one and preferably precisely one transport means 611 of non-impact printing module 600 embodied as suction belt 611, is preferably arranged with alignment with a region of transport means 611 of non-impact printing module 600 embodied as suction belt 611, which according to a area of action of at least one other dryer device 506 of this non-impact printing module 600 and/or which is arranged after at least one and more preferably every application point 618 of the non-impact printing module 600.

Alternatively or additionally, the at least one, preferably as a non-impact coating module 400; 600; 800 or non-impact printing module 600 formed non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or non-impact printing unit 600 in another possible embodiment, at least one drying device 506 and/or at least one energy output device 501; 502; 504, which with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, before each application point 418; 618; 818 of this respective at least one preferably as a non-impact coating module 400; 600; 800 or non-impact printing module 600 formed non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or non-impact printing unit 600 is aligned with the intended transport path. For example, the at least one non-impact printing unit 600 embodied as a non-impact printing module 600 has at least one drying device 506 and/or at least one energy output device 501; 502; 504, which is arranged upstream of each application point 618 of this at least one non-impact printing unit 600, preferably embodied as a non-impact printing module 600, with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, aligned with the intended transport path. Using this drying device 506 and/or at least one energy output device 501; 502; 504 can then be dried by the preferably arranged priming module 400 applied coating agent, in particular before ink is applied by means of the printing module 600. For example, the at least one printing module 600 then preferably has at least one transport means 611, which is more preferably embodied as a suction transport means 611 and/or suction belt 611 and/or suction box belt 611 and/or roller suction system 611. This at least one transport means 611 then preferably extends along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, under the at least one drying device 506 and/or energy output device 501 arranged in front of each application point 618 of printing module 600; 502; 504 and under at least one and preferably every application point 618 of the printing module 600 and more preferably under each additional drying device 506 and/or energy output device 501; 502; 504 of the printing module 600, regardless of whether this drying device 506 and/or energy output device 501; 502; 504 of printing module 600 is arranged between application points 618 of printing module 600 or after a last application point 618 of printing module 600. Preferably, exactly one such described transport means 611 is arranged along the transport path and, with respect to transverse direction A, there are a plurality of such transport means 611 next to one another or likewise precisely one such transport means Transport 611 arranged. This respective means of transport 611 therefore preferably extends under a drying device 506, which follows the priming unit 400 and under all application points 618 of the printing module 600 and under all drying device 506 of the printing module 600 arranged between application points 618 of the printing module 600 and more preferably below all after all application points 618 of the printing module 600 arranged drying device 506 of the printing module 600. (Example is such a printing module in 18c shown.) Sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably alternatively or additionally characterized in that a printing module 600 is provided and this printing module 600 along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, has a continuous transport means 611, in particular suction transport means 611 and/or suction belt 611 and/or suction box belt 611 and/or roller suction system 611, on which at least one drying device is mounted upstream of each application point 618 of printing module 600 along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02 506 and/or at least one energy output device 501; 502; 504 and on which at least four rows of print heads 616 extending in the transverse direction A are arranged aligned one behind the other along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, and on which along the transport path for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, along the provided transport path, after which at least one further drying device 506 and/or at least one energy output device 501; 502; 504 aligned. In addition, there is preferably at least one between the at least four rows of print heads 616 extending in the transverse direction A additional drying device 506 and/or at least one energy output device 501; 502; 504 arranged aligned to this continuous means of transport.

Alternatively or additionally, sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, after the at least one non-impact coating module 400; 600 at least one coating module 800 of sheet-fed printing press 01 is provided. The at least one coating module 800 is embodied, for example, as a flexo coating module 800 or preferably as a non-impact coating module 800. Alternatively or additionally, sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, after an application point 618 of the at least one non-impact coating module 600 embodied as a non-impact printing module 600 and at least one drying device 506 is arranged upstream of the at least one coating module 800, aligned in particular with the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02. This at least one drying device 506 is, for example, either part of a drying module 500 that is different from the at least one non-impact printing module 600 and the at least one varnishing module 800, in particular that is independent. Alternatively, this at least one drying device 506 is integrated into the at least one non-impact printing module 600, for example.

Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least one drying device 506, in particular on the for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, is aligned in the transport path provided. This at least one drying device 506 is, for example, part of a drying module 500 that is different and, in particular, independent of the at least one painting module 800. Alternatively, this at least one drying device 506 is integrated into the at least one painting module 800, for example.

At least one device for intermediate drying is preferably provided for multicolored printing. In an alternative or additional refinement, the processing machine 01, preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that at least one first application point 618 provided for colored coating medium is provided along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02 a non-impact coating module 400; 600; 800 and then an area of action of at least one drying device 506 assigned to the first application point 618 and then at least one additional application point 618 provided for colored coating medium of at least one non-impact coating module 400; 600; 800 and then an area of action of at least one additional drying device 506 assigned to the additional application point 618. The processing machine 01, which is preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least one first application point 618 provided for colored coating medium is aligned on a first side of the transport path provided for substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, and that the at least one additional application point 618 provided for colored coating medium is also aligned with the first side of the transport path provided for substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02. The processing machine 01 preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that the at least one first application point 618 provided for colored coating medium and the at least one further application point 618 provided for colored coating medium are for applying coating medium to the same side of substrate 02, in particular of the printing substrate 02 and/or at least one respective sheet 02. The processing machine 01, which is preferably embodied as a sheet-fed printing press 01, is preferably characterized in that the effective area of the at least one drying device 506 assigned to the first application point 618 is also aligned with the first side of the transport path provided for substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02 and that the effective area of the at least one additional drying device 506 assigned to the additional application point 618 is also aligned with the first side of the transport path provided for substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02. The colored coating agent that is assigned to the first application point 618 preferably has a different color than the colored coating agent that is assigned to the further application point 618.

Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized by that this first application point 618 is assigned to a first non-impact coating module 600 embodied as a first printing module 600, and that this further application point 618 is assigned to the same first non-impact coating module 600 embodied as a first printing module 600. Alternatively or additionally, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that the drying device 506 assigned to the first application point 618 has a receiving device 421; 621; 821 of the first printing module 600 is occupied. Alternatively or additionally, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that the drying device 506 assigned to the additional application point 618 has a receiving device 421; 621; 821 of the first printing module 600 is occupied. In another embodiment, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the drying device 506 assigned to the first application point 618 is part of a drying module 500 that is different from the first printing module 600.

For example, sheet-fed printing press 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the first application point 618 is assigned to a first non-impact coating module 600 embodied as a first printing module 600, and that the further application point 618 is assigned to a further non-impact coating module embodied as a further printing module and different from the first printing module 600 Impact coating module 600 is assigned.

Alternatively or additionally, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that the drying device 506 assigned to the additional application point 618 has a receiving device 421; 621; 821 of a further printing module 600 different from the first printing module 600. Alternatively, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is characterized in that the drying device 506 assigned to the additional application point 618 is part of a drying module 500 that is different from the additional printing module 600.

Alternatively or additionally, sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, there is first an application point 618 for cyan-colored coating medium and then an application point 618 for coating medium of magenta and thereafter an application point 618 for coating agent of black color is provided and thereafter an application point 618 for coating agent of yellow color is provided.

Alternatively or additionally, sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, after an application point 618 of the at least one printing module 600 and/or before an application point 818 of the at least At least one inspection device 551 is arranged in a painting module 800.

The at least one drying system 500 and/or drying device 506 is embodied, for example, as a drying system 500 and/or drying device 506 that acts and/or is capable of acting from above. The at least one drying system 500 and/or drying device 506 is, for example, additionally or alternatively embodied as a drying system 500 and/or drying device 506 that acts and/or is capable of acting from below. The selection is preferably made depending on how other aggregates 100; 200; 300; 400; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the processing machine 01 are set up and/or arranged and/or which side of the sheet 02 is to be processed. For example, the at least one transport means 511 is then correspondingly embodied as an upper suction transport means 511 or as a lower suction transport means 511.

Drying system 500, which is preferably embodied as unit 500 and/or module 500, is preferably alternatively or additionally characterized in that the section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, defined by drying system 500, is on a Entrance height of the drying device 500 begins and / or ends at an exit height of the drying device 500. Drying system 500 is preferably characterized in that this entrance height of drying system 500 deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and/or that the exit height of drying system 500 differs from the first Standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably at most 2 mm and/or that the entrance height of the drying device 500 deviates from the exit height of the preparation device 200 by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by deviates by a maximum of 2 mm.

The at least one drying system 500 or drying device 506 has, for example, at least one cooling system 551 and/or at least one inspection system 551 and/or at least one remoistening system 551. As an alternative to this, a separate after-treatment unit 550 is arranged.

At least one post-processing system 550 is provided, for example, preferably downstream of at least one coating system 400, in particular with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02; 600; 800 and/or after at least one drying device 500 and/or after at least one drying device 506. The preferably arranged at least one post-treatment device 550 preferably has at least one action device 551. This at least one action device 551 is designed, for example, as a moistening device 551, in particular a remoistening device 551 and/or as a cooling device 551 and/or as a discharge device 551 and/or as an inerting device 551 and/or as a cleaning device 551 and/or as a deburring device 551 and/or as an inspection device 551 educated. A cleaning device 551 is embodied, for example, as a suction device 551 and/or blower device 551 and/or as a wiping device 551.

An inspection device 551 has, for example, at least one and preferably several, in particular at least two, in particular optical sensors, which is or are embodied, for example, as a camera and/or is or are arranged such that it can be moved, preferably mechanically, in particular in the transverse direction A. At least one such sensor can be used, for example, to detect a printed area of a sheet 02 in question, for example an entire printed area of the sheet 02 in question, in particular for checking the print quality. Register marks, for example, can be detected by means of at least one such sensor or sensors. Register marks arranged on sheets 02 are preferably detected by means of these sensors, which more preferably have previously been created by means of at least one and in particular a plurality of coating units 400; 600; 800 were applied to the sheets 02. The register marks can also be partially or completely applied to the sheets 02 outside of the processing machine 01 or coating machine 01. However, the register marks are generated at least partially and more preferably completely within processing machine 01, particularly for assessing the function of processing machine 01. The sensors are preferably set to the dimensions of the sheets 02 and/or to a position dependent on the processing, in particular the print image, in particular with respect to the transverse direction A. This means that the register mark does not have to be printed at the same place on the sheets 02 for every print job. After the register marks have been detected, the position information that occurs is preferably evaluated. More preferably, information about how at least one setting variable of processing machine 01 is to be changed is derived from this evaluation. This at least one setting variable is, for example, a position of at least one application cylinder 402 in relation to a circumferential direction; 602; 802, in particular relative to other application cylinders 402; 602; 802, and/or a position of at least one application cylinder 402; 602; 802, in particular relative to other application cylinders 402; 602; 802 and/or an inclined position of a coating form, in particular relative to the transverse direction A and/or an activation and/or position of at least one print head 416; 616; 816. Accordingly, a circumferential register and/or a lateral register and/or a diagonal register can be recorded and/or set.

The action device 551 is, for example, within a further unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 arranged, in particular aligned with the intended transport route and/or acting and/or capable of acting. This additional unit 600 or module 600 is, for example, printing unit 600 or printing module 600 or coating unit 600 or coating module 600 or non-impact coating unit 600 or non-impact coating module 600. Inspection system 551 preferably has at least one CCD sensor 553 and/or at least one CMOS sensor 553 on. Inspection device 551 and in particular the at least one sensor 553 of inspection device 551 are preferably on transport means 611, in particular suction belt 611 of coating module 600, in particular non-impact coating module 600, and/or conveyor belt 718; 724 of the suction belt 611 of the coating module 600, in particular non-impact coating module 600 arranged aligned. The inspection device 551 is preferably on a part of the transport means 611, in particular the suction belt 611, in particular the transport belt 718; 724 of suction belt 611 of non-impact coating module 600, which, with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, is located after the at least one post-drying system 507 and/or its on the at least one and preferably precisely one in particular configured as a suction belt 611 transport means 611 of the non-impact pressure module 600 aligned air outlet opening is arranged. Alternatively or additionally, however, the at least one aftertreatment device 550 is embodied, for example, as an independent unit 550 and more preferably as a module 550.

Post-treatment device 550 preferably has at least one transport means 561, which is more preferably embodied as suction transport means 561. What is described above and below about suction transport means preferably applies accordingly. Aftertreatment device 550 preferably has at least one dedicated drive M550 or motor 550, in particular electric motor M550 or position-controlled electric motor M550, which is more preferably arranged to drive and/or be capable of driving the at least one transport means 561. For example, post-processing system 550 has at least one pressure roller 552 or pressure cylinder 552, by means of which a force can be applied to sheets 02 against the at least one transport means 561. Post-processing system 550 preferably has at least one transfer means 03 for sheets 02. The section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, defined by post-processing system 550 is preferably essentially flat and more preferably completely flat and is preferably designed to run essentially and more preferably exclusively horizontally.

Preferably, post-processing system 550, preferably embodied as unit 550 and/or module 550, is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the section of the transport path defined by post-processing system 550 for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, is on a Entry level of aftertreatment device 550 begins and/or ends at an exit level of aftertreatment device 550. The after-treatment device 550 is preferably characterized in that this entrance height of the after-treatment device 550 deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and/or that the exit height of after-treatment device 550 differs from the first Standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably at most 2 mm and/or that the entrance height of the after-treatment device 550 deviates from the exit height of the after-treatment device 550 by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by deviates by a maximum of 2 mm.

As described, at least one printing unit 600, in particular at least one printing unit 600, is preferably provided, for example in addition to at least one priming unit 400 and/or at least one coating unit 800. The preferably provided at least one printing unit 600 is a coating unit 600. The coating units 400; 600; 800 described above and below applies accordingly to the at least one printing device 600. The coating device 600 embodied as the printing device 600 is preferably arranged downstream of a drying device 500, which is further preferably embodied as described above.

For example, if the at least one coating device 400; 600; 800 and/or another unit 100; 200; 300; 500; 550; 900; 1000 itself does not have sufficient transport options and/or at least one independent transport device 700 is preferably provided to bridge distances, which is embodied, for example, as a transport unit 700 or as a transport module 700. The preferably arranged at least one transport system 700 is used, for example, to transport the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, in particular between other units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 800; 900; 1000 and/or modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 800; 900; 1000. The at least one transport device 700 has at least one frame 744, for example. The at least one transport device 700 preferably has at least one transport means 711, which is more preferably embodied as a suction transport means 711. What is described above and below about suction transport means preferably applies accordingly. Transport system 700 preferably has at least one dedicated drive M700 or motor M700, in particular electric motor M700 or position-controlled electric motor M700, which is more preferably arranged to drive and/or be capable of driving the at least one transport means 711. For example, transport system 700 has at least one pressure roller or pressure roller, by means of which a force can be applied to sheets 02 against the at least one transport means 711.

The at least one transport device 700 is, for example, within a further unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 800; 900; 1000, in particular to transport sheets 02 to and/or from their specific facilities. For example, with other aggregates 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 800; 900; 1000 or modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 800; 900; 1000 can be partially or completely dispensed with if transport devices 700 arranged between them ensure the transport of sheets 02. In one example, multiple flexo coating aggregates 400; 600; 800 arranged, which does not have its own means of transport have, but between each of which an independent transport device 700 is arranged. Transport system 700 preferably has at least one transfer means 03 for sheets 02. The section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, defined by transport system 700 is preferably essentially flat and more preferably completely flat and is preferably designed to run essentially and more preferably exclusively horizontally.

Preferably, the transport system 700, preferably embodied as unit 700 and/or module 700, is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the section of the transport path defined by transport system 700 for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, is on a Entry height of the transport device 700 begins and / or ends at an exit height of the transport device 700. The transport system 700 is preferably characterized in that this entry height of the transport system 700 deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and/or that the exit height of transport system 700 differs from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably at most 2 mm and/or that the entrance height of the transport device 700 deviates from the exit height of the transport device 700 by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by deviates by a maximum of 2 mm.

As described, at least one coating unit 800, in particular at least one coating unit 800, is preferably provided, for example in addition to at least one priming unit 400 and/or to at least one printing unit 600. The preferably provided at least one coating unit 800 is a coating unit 800. The coating units 400; 600; 800 described above and below applies correspondingly to the at least one painting unit 800. The coating device 800 embodied as a painting device 800 is preferably arranged downstream of a drying device 500, which is further preferably embodied as described above.

At least one shaping device 900 is preferably arranged, in particular after at least one coating device 400; 600; 800 and/or at least one drying device 500. The preferably arranged at least one shaping device 900 preferably has at least one shaping means 901, in particular at least one shaping cylinder 901. The at least one shaping means 901 is embodied, for example, as a punching means 901, in particular a punching cylinder 901. By stamping, parts of the sheets 02, such as blanks, can be at least partially separated, for example cut out and/or cut off, from other parts of the sheets 02, such as connecting surfaces. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one shaping means 901 is embodied, for example, as a creasing means 901, in particular a creasing cylinder 901. Desired kinks can be created by creasing, for example to create folding boxes. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one shaping means 901 is embodied, for example, as a perforating means 901, in particular a perforating cylinder 901. Perforating can be used to create areas of sheets 02 that are intended for later severing. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one shaping means 901 is embodied, for example, as a stripping means 901, in particular a stripping cylinder 901. A separation of areas of the sheets 02 that are preferably already partially separated from one another can be supported by breaking them out, for example in order to empty punched holes and/or to break out copies from the sheets 02, in particular from their respective composite in the preferably printed sheet. At least one disposal device 903 is preferably provided for removing waste material produced during punching and/or breaking out. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one shaping device 900 preferably has at least one shaping means 901 embodied as a laminating device 901. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one shaping device 900 preferably has at least one shaping means 901 embodied as a flatbed punching device 901.

The at least one shaping device 900 preferably has at least one counter-pressure means 902, in particular at least one counter-pressure cylinder 902. This serves as an abutment for the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing substrate 02 and/or the sheets 02, while the at least one shaping means 901 acts on the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing substrate 02 and/or the sheets 02. The at least one shaping means 901 and the at least one counter-pressure means 902 are preferably arranged at least partially on top of one another. In a first embodiment of the at least one shaping system 900, the at least one shaping means 901 is at least partially above the transport path provided in particular for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, and/or above the at least one counter-pressure means 902 arranged. The shaping means 901 is then designed as a shaping means 901 acting from above. The sheets 02 are then preferably processed using this at least one shaping means 901 from above. The at least one counter-pressure means 902 is then preferably arranged below the transport path provided in particular for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02. In a second embodiment of the at least one shaping system 900, the at least one shaping means 901 is arranged at least partially below the transport path provided in particular for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, and/or below the at least one counter-pressure means 902. The shaping means 901 is then designed as a shaping means 901 acting from below. The sheets 02 are then preferably processed using this at least one shaping means 901 from below. The at least one counter-pressure means 902 is then preferably arranged above the transport path provided in particular for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02. Whether the first or the second embodiment of the shaping device 900 is used depends, for example, on further processing taking place before and/or afterwards and/or on the use of the products. The at least one shaping means 901 preferably acts on the sheets 02 from a different side than the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800, for example, in order to minimize unwanted deformation of the main surface of the sheets 02 carrying the printed image during a punching process.

For example, the at least one shaping means 901 is designed to be at least partially interchangeable, in particular to enable the products to have different shapes from order to order. An example of this is replaceable knives on a punching cylinder 901. For this purpose, the shaping means 901, which is designed in particular as a shaping cylinder 901, can be switched off from the counter-pressure means 902, which is preferably designed as a counter-pressure cylinder 902, and/or can be fitted with exchangeable elevators, in particular partial shells. Alternatively or additionally, the counter-pressure means 902 can be switched off from the shaping means 901 in order to make it easier to change the elevators. For example, at least one format-variable shaping device 900 is provided, which enables particularly effective processing of different sheet formats. For this, in particular relative to other aggregates 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 1000 accelerating shaping means 901 and/or transport means 911 and/or contactless shaping means 901 can be used.

For example, the counter-pressure means 902, in particular the counter-pressure cylinder 902, is provided with a surface, in particular a lateral surface, made of rubber and/or is arranged such that it can be moved in the transverse direction A. This movement allows wear to be made more even, thereby increasing service life. At least one maintenance device is preferably provided, which is designed in particular as a grinding device and can be set against the surface, in particular the outer surface, at least at times.

The at least one shaping device 900 preferably has at least one transport means 911, which is more preferably embodied as a suction transport means 911. What is described above and below about suction transport means preferably applies accordingly. The at least one shaping device 900 preferably has at least one dedicated drive M900 or motor M900, in particular electric motor M900 or position-controlled electric motor M900, which is more preferably arranged to drive and/or be capable of driving the at least one transport means 911. For example, the at least one shaping device 900 has at least one pressure roller, by means of which a force can be applied to sheets 02 against the at least one transport means 911. The at least one shaping system 900 preferably has at least one transfer means 03 for sheets 02. The section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, defined by the at least one shaping device 900 is preferably essentially flat and more preferably completely flat and is preferably designed to run essentially and more preferably exclusively horizontally.

Preferably, the shaping system 900, which is preferably embodied as unit 900 and/or module 900, is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, defined by shaping system 900, is on a Entry height of the shaping device 900 begins and/or ends at an exit height of the shaping device 900. Shaping device 900 is preferably characterized in that this entry height of shaping device 900 deviates from the first standard height by no more than 5 cm, more preferably by no more than 1 cm and even more preferably by no more than 2 mm and/or that the exit height of shaping device 900 is the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably at most 2 mm and/or that the entrance height of the shaping device 900 deviates from the exit height of the shaping device 900 by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even further preferably deviates by at most 2 mm. For example, the at least one shaping device 900 is embodied as at least one stamping module 900.

At least one substrate delivery device 1000 is preferably provided, in particular as the last unit 1000 or module 1000 along the intended transport path. The substrate delivery device 1000 preferably has at least one stacking device 1001, which is used in particular to place processed sheets 02 and/or sheets 02 that have been punched and/or or to feed broken blanks to a delivery pile 1002. The stacking device 1001 has, for example, at least one transport means 1011, which is embodied, for example, as a suction transport means 1011 or as a simple conveyor belt 1011. What is described above and below about suction transport means preferably applies accordingly. The substrate delivery system 1000 preferably has at least one dedicated drive M 1000 or motor M1000, in particular electric motor M 1000 or position-controlled electric motor M 1000, which is more preferably arranged to drive and/or be capable of driving the at least one transport means 1011. For example, the substrate delivery device 1000 has at least one pressure roller 1001; 1003 or pressure roller 1001; 1003, by means of which sheets 02 can be subjected to a force against the at least one transport means 1011. The at least one pressure roller 1001; 1003 or pressure roller 1001; 1003 is preferably part of stacking system 1001 and is used to safely transport sheets 02 to delivery pile 1002. At least one positioning means 1001; 1004, which serves in particular to deposit sheets 02 or copies in an orderly manner on delivery pile 1002. The at least one positioning means 1001; 1004 is, for example, a delivery stop 1001; 1004 and/or part of the stacking device 1001.

At least one ejection device is preferably provided, for example to eject waste sheets before delivery pile 1002 is reached.

The delivery stack 1002 is preferably formed on a carrier unit 1006 embodied, for example, as a pallet 1006 and/or can preferably be transported away automatically, for example by means of a transport system 1007 that transports one or more carrier units 1006 and has at least one conveyor belt 1008 and/or transport rollers 1008, for example. At least one lifting device 1009 is preferably provided, by means of which the delivery stack 1002 and/or a lower end of the delivery stack 1002 and/or at least one transport unit 1006 can be arranged at different heights. As a result, for example, a delivery height at which an upper end of the delivery pile 1002 is arranged while it is being formed can be kept essentially constant. For example, the delivery height is also an initial height of the substrate delivery system 1000. Alternatively or additionally, at least one transport means 1011 of the substrate delivery system 1000 arranged upstream of the delivery stack 1002 is arranged to be movable, for example pivotable, so that sheets 02 that have been delivered one after the other can be delivered in a targeted manner to increasingly larger delivery heights.

Preferably, substrate delivery system 1000, preferably embodied as unit 1000 and/or module 1000, is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, defined by substrate delivery system 1000, is on a Entry height of the substrate delivery device 1000 begins and/or ends at a respective exit height of the substrate delivery device 1000. The initial height of the substrate delivery system 1000 is, for example, the height at which contact of the respective sheet 02 with the delivery pile 1002 is intended. When the delivery stack 1002 is lowered during the stacking, the initial height of the substrate delivery device 1000 is constant, for example. Substrate delivery device 1000 is preferably characterized in that the respective entry height of substrate delivery device 1000 deviates from the first standard height by no more than 5 cm, more preferably by no more than 1 cm and even more preferably by no more than 2 mm and/or that the exit height of substrate delivery device 1000 differs from the first standard height first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably at most 2 mm and/or that the entrance height of the substrate delivery device 1000 deviates from the exit height of the substrate delivery device 1000 by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably deviates by a maximum of 2 mm.

A first example of a processing machine 01 has a sheet feeder module 100, an infeed module 300, a plurality of coating modules 600, each embodied as a printing module 600, with transport modules 700 arranged in between, preferably at least one drying module 500, preferably at least one post-processing module 550, at least one shaping module 900 and one delivery module 1000. Such a first example of processing machine 01 is shown schematically and by way of example in 2a , 2 B and 2c shown.

A second example of a processing machine 01 has a sheet feeder module 100, a preparation module 200, an infeed module 300, a coating module 600 embodied as a printing module 600, a drying module 500 and a delivery module 1000. Such a second example of processing machine 01 is shown schematically and by way of example in 12a shown.

A third example of a processing machine 01 has a sheet feeder module 100, a preparation module 200, a coating module 400 embodied as a primer module 400, a first drying module 500, an infeed module 300, a coating module 600 embodied as a printing module 600, a second drying module 500, one embodied as a varnishing module 800 Coating module 800, a third drying module 500 and a delivery module 1000. Such a third example of processing machine 01 is shown schematically and by way of example in 12b shown.

A fourth example of a processing machine 01 has a sheet feeder module 100, a preparation module 200, a first feeder module 300, a coating module 400 embodied as a priming module 400, a first drying module 500, optionally a second feeder module 300, a coating module 600 embodied as a first printing module 600, a second drying module 500, a third system module 300, a coating module 600 embodied as a second printing module 600, a third drying module 500, optionally an inspection module or an inspection device, a coating module 800 embodied as a varnishing module 800, a fourth drying module 500 and a delivery module 1000. Such a fourth example of processing machine 01 is shown schematically and by way of example in 12c shown.

A fifth example of a processing machine 01 has a sheet feeder module 100, optionally a preparation module 200, a coating module 400 embodied as a primer module 400, a first drying module 500, an infeed module 300, a coating module 600 embodied as a printing module 600, a second drying module 500, a coating module 800 trained coating module 800, a third drying module 500 and a delivery module 1000. As described, sheet feeder module 100 is preferably configured in such a way that its separating device 109 separates sheets 02 from below in at least one embodiment (as, for example, in 2a and 18a shown) or isolated in at least one other embodiment from above (such as in 1 and 18b shown). For example, a non-illustrated ejection device for sheets 02 is also optionally provided, which is embodied or is used, for example, as a waste diverter. The coating module 600 embodied as a printing module 600 preferably has four receiving devices 621. Of these four receiving devices 621, a first is preferably occupied by a print head assembly 624, which more preferably has two rows of print heads, with a first color being assigned to the first row of print heads and a second color to the second row of print heads. Of these four receiving devices 621, at least one more or more preferably two more are occupied by at least one dryer assembly 504. Of these four receiving devices 621, a further one, in particular the last one, is preferably occupied by a print head assembly 624, which more preferably has two print head rows, with the third print head row being assigned a third color and the fourth print head row being assigned a fourth color. Such a fifth example of processing machine 01 is shown schematically and by way of example in 18a shown. For example, sheets 02 can be transported at a speed of 150 meters per minute and printed in four colors with 1200 dpi x 600 dpi.

In a fifth example such as this, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably alternatively or additionally characterized in that the sheet-fed printing press 01 has exactly one non-impact printing module 600. Alternatively or additionally, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that the at least one non-impact printing module 600 has exactly four receiving devices 421; 621; 821 and that a first of the four receiving devices 421; 621; 821 with exactly one print head assembly 424; 624; 824 trained standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 is occupied and that a second transport path, viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, and/or a second transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02 seen third of the four receptacles 421; 621; 821 with in particular a standard assembly 424 designed overall as a dryer assembly 504; 504; 624; 824 is occupied and that a fourth of the four receiving devices 421, viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02; 621; 821 with exactly one print head assembly 424; 624; 824 trained standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 is occupied. Alternatively or additionally, sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, downstream of the at least one non-impact coating module 400; 600; 800 at least one ejection device for sheets 02 is provided. Alternatively or additionally, sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, downstream of the at least one non-impact coating module 400; 600; 800 at least one substrate delivery device 1000 designed as a module 1000 is arranged. The fifth example of processing machine 01 is shown schematically and as an example in FIG 18a shown.

A sixth example of a processing machine 01 has a sheet feeder module 100, a preparation module 200, a first feeder module 300, a coating module 400 embodied as a priming module 400, a first drying module 500, optionally a second feeder module 300, a coating module 600 embodied as a first printing module 600, optionally third system module 300, a coating module 600 embodied as a second printing module 600, a second drying module 500, optionally an inspection module or an inspection device, a coating module 800 embodied as a lacquering module 800, a third drying module 500 and a delivery module 1000. As described, sheet feeder module 100 is preferably configured in such a way that its separating device 109 separates sheets 02 from below in at least one embodiment (as, for example, in 2a and 18a shown) or isolated in at least one other embodiment from above (such as in 1 and 18b shown). For example, a non-illustrated ejection device for sheets 02 is also optionally provided, which is embodied or is used, for example, as a waste diverter. The first coating module 600 embodied as a printing module 600 preferably has four receiving devices 621. Of these four receiving devices 621, a first and a second are preferably each occupied by a print head assembly 624, which more preferably each have two print head rows, with more preferably the two print head rows of the first print head assembly 624 having a first color and the two print head rows of the second print head assembly 624 having a second color color is assigned. Of these four receiving devices 621, at least one more or more preferably two more are occupied by at least one dryer assembly 504. Of these four receiving devices 621, the third and the fourth are preferably occupied by at least one dryer assembly 504. The second coating module 600 embodied as a printing module 600 preferably has four receiving devices 621. Of these four receiving devices 621, preferably two, in particular the first two, are unoccupied. Of these four receiving devices 621, preferably two, in particular the last two, are each occupied by a print head assembly 624, which more preferably each have two print head rows, with more preferably the two print head rows of one of these two print head assemblies 624 having a third color and the two print head rows of the other of these two associated with printhead assemblies 624 is a fourth color. Such a sixth example of processing machine 01 is shown schematically and by way of example in 18b shown. For example, sheets 02 can be transported at a speed of 300 meters per minute and printed in four colors with 1200 dpi x 600 dpi.

In a sixth example such as this, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably alternatively or additionally characterized in that the sheet-fed printing press 01 has exactly two non-impact printing modules 600. Alternatively or additionally, sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that each of the two non-impact printing modules 600 has precisely four receiving devices 421; 621; 821 and/or that in the first non-impact printing module 600, viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, has one along the path intended for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02 provided transport path seen first of the four receiving devices 421; 621; 821 with exactly one print head assembly 424; 624; 824 trained standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 is occupied and a second of the four receiving devices 421; 621; 821 with exactly one print head assembly 424; 624; 824 trained standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 is occupied and a third transport path, viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, and/or a third transport path, viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02 fourth of the four receptacles 421; 621; 821 with in particular a standard assembly 424 designed overall as a dryer assembly 504; 504; 624; 824 is occupied and/or that two of the four receiving devices 421; 621; 821 are unoccupied and two of the four receiving devices 421; 621; 821, each with exactly one print head assembly 424; 624; 824 trained standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 are occupied. The sixth example of processing machine 01 is shown schematically and as an example in FIG 18b shown.

In such a sixth example, sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably alternatively or additionally characterized in that, in the second non-impact printing module 600 viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, a Transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, viewed along the first of the four receiving devices 421; 621; 821 and a second of the four receiving devices 421; 621; 821 is unoccupied and a third of the four receiving devices 421; 621; 821 with exactly one print head assembly 424; 624; 824 trained standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 is occupied and a fourth of the four receiving devices 421; 621; 821 with exactly one print head assembly 424; 624; 824 trained standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 is occupied. Alternatively or additionally, sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, at least after the second printing module 600 and/or at least after the at least one non-impact coating module 400 ; 600; 800 at least one ejection device for sheets 02 is provided. Alternatively or additionally, sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, at least after the second printing module 600 and/or at least after the at least one non-impact coating module 400 ; 600; 800 at least one substrate delivery device 1000 designed as a module 1000 is arranged. The sixth example of processing machine 01 is shown schematically and as an example in FIG 18b shown.

A seventh example of a processing machine 01 has a sheet feeder module 100, optionally a particularly first preparation module 200, a coating module 400 embodied as a priming module 400 with a preferably integrated drying device 506 or drying device 506 integrated into printing module 600, optionally a particularly second feeder module 300, a printing module 600 trained coating module 600 with an integrated drying device 506, optionally an in particular third system module 300, optionally an inspection module or an inspection device 551, a coating module 800 designed as a painting module 800 with an integrated drying device 506 and a delivery module 1000. As described, sheet feeder module 100 is preferably configured in such a way that its separating device 109 separates sheets 02 from below in at least one embodiment (as, for example, in 2a and 18d shown) or isolated in at least one other embodiment from above (such as in 1 shown). For example, a non-illustrated ejection device for sheets 02 is also optionally provided, which is embodied or is used, for example, as a waste diverter. The first coating module 600 embodied as a printing module 600 preferably has four application points 618. Of these four application points 618, a first and a second are preferably each formed by at least one or at least two print head rows, with more preferably the two print head rows of the first application point 618 being assigned a first color and the two print head rows of the second application point 618 being assigned a second color. Of these four application points 618, the third and fourth are preferably each formed by at least one or at least two print head rows, with more preferably the two print head rows of the third application point 618 being assigned a third color and the two print head rows of the fourth application point 618 being assigned a fourth color. Such a seventh example of processing machine 01 is shown schematically and by way of example in 18c shown.

In a seventh example such as this, sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that at least one drying device 506 for intermediate drying is arranged after the second application point 618 of the printing module 600, and that after a last application point 618 of the printing module there is at least one and more preferably at least two drying devices 506 are arranged. A fifth and a sixth application point 618 are optionally arranged are constructed analogously to the other application points 618 and to which a fifth or sixth color is assigned. All of the application points 618 and/or all of the drying devices 506 of the printing module 600 are preferably arranged aligned with the one transport means 611 of the printing module 600. At least one inspection device 551 is preferably arranged aligned with one transport means 611 of printing module 600. Preferably, at least one standing area 629 for an operator is and/or can be arranged above transport means 611 of printing module 600. Preferably, sheet-fed printing press 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, at least after printing module 600 and/or at least after the at least one non-impact coating module 400; 600; 800 at least one ejection device for sheets 02 is provided. Preferably, sheet-fed printing press 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing substrate 02 and/or sheets 02, at least after printing module 600 and/or at least after the at least one non-impact coating module 400; 600; 800 at least one substrate delivery device 1000 designed as a module 1000 is arranged. As described, the seventh example of processing machine 01 is shown schematically and by way of example in FIG 18d shown.

Depending on the requirement profile, a large number of other combinations are possible. In particular, several printing units 600 or printing modules 600 can also be arranged directly one behind the other and/or, if necessary, several drying units 500 or drying modules 500 can be arranged directly one behind the other, for example for a longer drying section.

Reference List

01

Processing machine, sheet-fed processing machine, printing machine, sheet-fed printing machine, non-impact printing machine, coating machine, corrugated sheet-fed processing machine, corrugated sheet-fed printing machine, die-cutting machine, sheet-fed die-cutting machine, sheet-fed rotary die-cutting machine

02

Substrate, substrate, sheets, corrugated board, corrugated sheets

03

means of delivery

100

Unit, module, substrate feed device, sheet feeder, sheet feeder unit, sheet feeder module

101

Pile turning device, partial pile turning device

102

area, space area, stack holding area

103

Partial stack separator, partial stack pushing device

104

Stack, feeder stack, first

105

-

106

partial stack

107

means of transport, conveyor belt

108

pivot axis

109

Separating device, sheet separating device

110

-

111

Translation element, means of transport, conveyor belt, lower, suction transport means, suction belt, suction box belt, roller suction system

112

obstacle, weir, plate

113

carrier unit, pallet

114

Removal device, sheet separator

115

-

116

Handling element, lifting element, holding element, lifting suction cup, separating suction cup, transport suction cup

117

Translation element, means of transport, suction transport means, suction belt, suction box belt, roller suction system, upper

118

-

119

Transport means, transport roller, conveyor belt, suction transport means, outgoing, acceleration means, secondary

120

-

121

Exit

122

pressure roller, pressure roller

123

-

124

-

125

-

126

-

127

front stamp

128

side mark

129

-

130

-

131

-

132

-

133

-

134

storage device, storage area

135

-

136

Acceleration means, primary, transport roller, conveyor belt, suction transport means, suction belt, suction box belt, roller suction system, suction gripper, suction roller

137

Front stop, front wall

138

-

139

side stop, side wall

140

-

141

back stop, back wall

142

-

143

-

144

spacers

144.1

spacer, first

144.2

spacer, second

145

-

146

pressure roller, pressure roller

147

Auxiliary device, compression device

148

compression body, first, roller

149

Compression body, second, counter-pressure body, roller

150

-

151

power element

152

restraint device

153

Sensor, protrusion sensor

154

compression area

155

-

156

stop body

157

trigger drive

158

means of displacement

159

Drive (158)

160

-

161

supporting frame

162

frame

163

Deflection means (119; 136), body of revolution

164

sheet sensor

165

-

166

lifting frame

167

height adjustment means

168

linear bearings, linear ball bearings; linear slide bearing

169

Wave

170

-

171

wave section

172

coupling

173

side plate (166)

174

lifting beam (166)

175

-

176

height adjustment cam

177

height adjustment shaft

178

height adjustment lever

179

deflection means

180

-

181

drive eccentric

182

swingarm

183

lifting point

184

Component, vertical drive shaft

185

-

186

height adjustment means

187

rotating body, drive wheel

188

sliding guide

189

compensating eccentric

190

-

191

cardan shaft

192

Torque transmission means, belt, chain, gear

193

cover plate

194

holding frame

195

-

196

fixing device

200

Aggregate, module, preparation device, preparation aggregate, preparation module, conditioning device, conditioning aggregate, conditioning module

201

Effecting device, calender, moistening device, discharge device, inerting device, cleaning device, deburring device, inspection device, suction device, blowing device, stripping device

202

pressure roller, pressure roller

211

Means of transport, suction means of transport

300

Aggregate, module, system facility, system unit, system module

301

alignment device

302

alignment roller, alignment roller

303

inspection facility

311

means of transport, suction means of transport; suction belt

400

Unit, module, coating device, coating unit, coating module, priming device, priming unit, priming unit, priming module, flexo coating unit, flexo coating module, non-impact coating unit, jet coating unit, jet coating module, jet priming unit, jet priming module, inkjet coating unit, inkjet coating module, processing module

401

Coating stock, primer stock

402

Application cylinder, forme cylinder, primer forme cylinder

403

Supply roller, anilox roller, primer supply roller

404

Intermediate storage, chamber doctor blade

405

-

406

supply line

407

derivation

408

Counter-pressure means, counter-pressure cylinder, counter-pressure belt

409

Coating point, priming point

410

-

411

Transport means, suction transport means, suction belt, suction box belt, roller suction system, incoming, upper, lower

412

Entry

413

Exit

414

-

415

-

416

printhead, inkjet printhead

417

Transport means, suction transport means, suction belt, suction box belt, roller suction system, outgoing, upper, lower

418

Order office

419

Maintenance device, cleaning device

420

-

421

recording facility

422

coupling device

423

coupling recording

424

Standard assembly, printhead assembly

425

-

426

positioning device

427

frame

428

side wall (427)

429

-

430

-

431

subframe

432

Side support (431)

433

traverse

500

Unit, module, drying device, drying unit, drying module, processing module

501

Energy delivery device, infrared radiation source

502

Energy delivery device, hot air source

503

Energy output device, UV radiation source arranged

504

Standard assembly, dryer assembly

505

-

506

drying device

507

post-drying device

508

frame

511

Means of transport, suction means of transport

550

Aggregate, module, after-treatment device, after-treatment aggregate, after-treatment module, conditioning device, conditioning aggregate, conditioning module

551

Impact device, moistening device, re-moistening device, cooling device, discharge device, inerting device, cleaning device, deburring device, inspection device, suction device, blowing device, stripping device

552

pressure roller, pressure roller

553

sensor, CCD sensor, CMOS sensor

561

Means of transport, suction means of transport

600

Unit, module, coating device, coating unit, coating module, printing unit, printing module, flexo coating unit, flexo coating module, non-impact coating unit, jet coating unit, jet coating module, jet printing unit, jet printing module, inkjet coating unit, inkjet coating module, inkjet printing unit, inkjet printing module, processing module

601

Coating agent stock, paint stock, ink stock

602

Application cylinder, forme cylinder, color forme cylinder, ink forme cylinder

603

supply roller, anilox roller, ink supply roller, ink supply roller

604

Intermediate storage, chamber doctor blade

605

-

606

supply line

607

derivation

608

Counter-pressure means, counter-pressure cylinder, counter-pressure belt

609

Coating point, pressure point

610

-

611

Transport means, suction transport means, suction belt, suction box belt, roller suction system, incoming, upper, lower

612

Entry

613

Exit

614

-

615

-

616

printhead, inkjet printhead

617

Transport means, suction transport means, suction belt, suction box belt, roller suction system, outgoing, upper, lower

618

Order office

619

Maintenance device, cleaning device

620

-

621

recording facility

622

coupling device

623

coupling recording

624

Standard assembly, printhead assembly

625

-

626

positioning device

627

frame

628

Side wall

629

floor space

630

-

631

subframe

632

Side support (631)

633

traverse

700

Unit, module, transport device, means of transport, transport unit, transport module

711

Means of transport, suction means of transport

718

Transport surface, counter-pressure surface, outer surface, lateral surface, conveyor belt, suction box

719

vacuum chamber

720

-

721

suction line

722

suction port

723

intake port

724

Deflection means, deflection rollers, deflection rollers, transport roller transport roller

725

-

726

conveyor belt

727

suction box

728

suction chamber

729

flow opening

730

-

731

Lanyard, traction device, strap, band

732

means of guidance

733

vacuum source, blower

734

covering mask

735

-

736

Clamping device, deflection roller

737

Valve

738

Tape alignment means, tape alignment roller

739

radial bearing

740

-

741

Alignment drive, electric motor, pneumatic cylinder, hydraulic cylinder, linear drive

742

Axis of rotation (738)

743

Tangent, compensation tangent

744

frame

745

-

746

traverse

800

Unit, module, coating device, coating unit, coating module, painting device, coating unit, painting unit, painting module, flexo coating unit, flexo coating module, non-impact coating unit, jet coating unit, jet coating module, jet coating unit, jet coating module, inkjet coating unit, inkjet coating module, processing module

801

Coating agent stock, paint stock

802

Application cylinder, forme cylinder, coating forme cylinder

803

supply roller, anilox roller, coating supply roller

804

Intermediate storage, chamber doctor blade

805

-

806

supply line

807

derivation

808

Counter-pressure means, counter-pressure cylinder, counter-pressure belt

809

Coating point, painting point

810

-

811

Transport means, suction transport means, suction belt, suction box belt, roller suction system, incoming, upper, lower

812

Entry

813

Exit

814

-

815

-

816

printhead, inkjet printhead

817

Transport means, suction transport means, suction belt, suction box belt, roller suction system, outgoing, upper, lower

818

Order office

819

Maintenance device, cleaning device

820

-

821

recording facility

822

coupling device

823

coupling recording

824

Standard assembly, printhead assembly

825

-

826

positioning device

827

frame

828

Side wall

829

-

830

-

831

subframe

832

Side Support (831)

833

traverse

900

Aggregate, module, shaping device, shaping aggregate, shaping module, stamping module, processing module

901

Shaping means, shaping cylinders, punching means, die-cutting cylinders, creasing means, creasing cylinders, perforating means, perforating cylinders, stripping means, stripping cylinders, laminating devices, flatbed stamping means

902

Counter-pressure means, counter-pressure cylinder

903

disposal facility

911

Means of transport, suction means of transport

1000

aggregate, module, substrate dispenser; Sheet delivery, delivery unit, delivery module

1001

stacker

1002

display pile

1003

pressure roller, pressure roller

1004

Positioning means, display stop

1005

-

1006

carrier unit

1007

transport system

1008

conveyor belt, transport roller

1009

lifting device

1010

-

1011

Means of transport, suction means of transport, conveyor belt

a119

Section

a136

Section

v1

speed, first

v2

speed, second

v3

speed, third

maybe

catch-up speed

vb

processing speed

vu

transfer speed

A

transverse direction

SV

Stack boundary plane, front

T

transport direction

V

direction, vertical

W

balancing direction

M100

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (100)

M101

Drive, engine, electric motor, position-controlled (136), accelerator drive, primary

M102

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (119), accelerator drive, secondary

M103

Drive, engine, electric motor, position-controlled (136), accelerator drive, primary

M104

Drive, motor, electric motor, vertical drive, position-controlled

M200

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (200)

M300

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (300)

M400

Drive, main drive, engine, electric motor, position-controlled (400)

M401

Drive, power take-off, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (400)

M500

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (500)

M600

Drive, main drive, engine, electric motor, position-controlled (600)

M601

Drive, power take-off, engine, electric motor, position-controlled (600)

M700

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (700)

M800

Drive, main drive, engine, electric motor, position-controlled (800)

M801

Drive, power take-off, engine, electric motor, position-controlled (800)

M900

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (900)

M1000

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (1000)

Claims (10)

Substrate feed device (100), wherein at least one primary acceleration means (136) is arranged below a storage area (134) of the substrate feed device (100) provided for storing a stack of sheets (02) of a substrate (02), and wherein the substrate feed device (100) is at least has a primary acceleration drive (M101) that drives the at least one primary acceleration means (136) and is designed as an electric motor (M101), and wherein the substrate feed device (100) has at least one frame (162) and at least one vertical drive (M104) designed as an electric motor (M104). ) has a lifting frame (166; 173; 174) that can be moved at least in a vertical direction (V) relative to the at least one frame (162), and wherein the at least one primary acceleration means (136) is driven by the at least one lifting frame (166; 173; 174) carried and arranged to be movable together with the at least one lifting frame (166; 173; 174) with respect to the vertical direction (V), and wherein at least one height adjustment means (167; 176; 177; 178; 179) is arranged, by means of which at least one upper end position of the means of at least the at least vertical movement path of the at least one primary acceleration means (136) that can be brought about by a vertical drive (M104) can be adjusted independently of the at least one vertical drive (M104) and can be adjusted as one of at least three different end positions and/or continuously. Substrate feeding device claim 1 , characterized in that the at least one height adjustment means (167; 176; 177; 178; 179) has at least one height adjustment cam (176), by means of which a position of at least one lifting application point (183) relative to the at least one lifting frame (166; 173; 174 ) is adjustable and that the movements caused by the vertical drive (M104) can be transmitted to the at least one lifting frame (166; 173; 174) via this at least one lifting application point (183). Substrate feeding device claim 1 or 2 , characterized in that the at least vertical movement path that can be effected by means of the at least one vertical drive (M104) is designed as a linear movement path and/or that the at least one lifting frame (166; 173; 174) is mounted on the frame (162 ) and/or a supporting frame (161) of the frame (162). Substrate feeding device claim 1 or 2 or 3 , characterized in that the at least vertical drive (M 104) is coupled via at least one drive eccentric (181) to the at least one lifting frame (166; 173; 174). Substrate feeding device claim 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 , characterized in that by means of the at least one height adjustment means (167; 176; 177; 178; 179) at least the upper end position of the at least vertical movement path of the at least one primary acceleration means (136) that can be effected by means of the at least one vertical drive (M104) while maintaining the shape of the at least vertical movement path can be adjusted independently of the at least one vertical drive (M104) and/or that the at least one height adjustment means (167; 176; 177; 178; 179) can also be used to set at least one lower end position of the at least one vertical drive (M104). at least vertical path of movement of the at least one primary acceleration means (136) independently of the at least one vertical drive (M104) as one of at least three different end positions and/or is continuously adjustable. Substrate feeding device claim 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 , characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means (136) is designed as a conveyor belt (136) and/or as a suction conveyor (136) and/or as a suction belt (136) and/or that by means of the at least one vertical drive (M104) all components a transport surface (718) of the at least one primary acceleration means (136) can be moved together with respect to the vertical direction (V). Substrate feeding device claim 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6 , characterized in that a displacement movement of at least one transport surface (718) of the at least one primary acceleration means (136) can be effected by means of the at least one lifting frame (166; 173; 174), the direction of movement of which has at least one vertical component and that this displacement movement causes this at least a transport surface (718) can be moved and/or is moved at least between an upper end position and a lower end position and that when the respective primary acceleration means (136) is arranged in the upper end position, its at least one transport surface (718) is at least partially above at least one bearing surface of at least one spacer (144) and that when the respective primary acceleration means (136) is located in the lower end position, its at least one transport surface (718) is located completely below the at least one bearing surface of the at least one spacer (144). Substrate feeding device claim 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6 or 7 , characterized in that a plurality of primary acceleration means (136) are arranged next to one another with respect to a transverse direction (A) and at the same time jointly with one another and with the at least one lifting frame (166; 173; 174) by means of the vertical drive (M104) relative to the at least one Frame (162) are movably arranged at least with respect to a vertical direction (V). Substrate feeding device claim 8 , characterized in that the at least two primary acceleration means (136) each have at least one individual height adjustment means (186) for individually adjusting a relative position of the respective transport surface (718) of the respective primary acceleration means (136) on the one hand and the at least one lifting frame (166; 173 ; 174) on the other hand. Substrate feeding device claim 8 or 9 , characterized in that each of the at least two primary acceleration means (136) has at least one rotary body (163; 187) which is connected via one of these at least two primary acceleration means (136) common shaft (169) and that the common shaft (169) has at least two shaft sections (171) which are arranged one behind the other with respect to a transverse direction (A) and that with respect to the transverse direction (A) directly adjacent shaft sections (171) of the common shaft (169) are each connected via an at least removable and/or at least partially openable coupling (172).

Images